2013-01-21 Marc Khouzam <marc.khouzam@ericsson.com>
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
70 #include "ax-gdb.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72
73 #include "format.h"
74
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
78
79 /* readline defines this. */
80 #undef savestring
81
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
84
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
87 {
88 EX_EVENT_THROW,
89 EX_EVENT_CATCH
90 };
91
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
93
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
95
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
97
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
99
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
101
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
103
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
105 void *),
106 void *);
107
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
109
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
111
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
113
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result *,
116 enum bptype, char *,
117 char **);
118
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct linespec_result *,
121 struct linespec_sals *,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype,
123 enum bpdisp, int, int,
124 int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
127
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
130
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
132
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
134
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
136
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
138
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
140
141 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
142 enum bptype,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
144 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
145 const struct symtab_and_line *);
146
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
148 static. */
149 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 struct symtab_and_line,
151 enum bptype,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
153
154 static struct breakpoint *
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
156 enum bptype type,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
158
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
160
161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
162 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
163 enum bptype bptype);
164
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
168
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
170 CORE_ADDR addr1,
171 struct address_space *aspace2,
172 CORE_ADDR addr2);
173
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
175 struct bp_location *loc2);
176
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
178 struct address_space *aspace,
179 CORE_ADDR addr);
180
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
182
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
184
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
187
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
189
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
191
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
193
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
195
196 typedef enum
197 {
198 mark_inserted,
199 mark_uninserted
200 }
201 insertion_state_t;
202
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
205
206 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
207
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
209
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
211
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
213
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
215
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
217 enum bptype type,
218 int *other_type_used);
219
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
221
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
223
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
225 int count);
226
227 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
230
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
232
233 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
234
235 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
236 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
237
238 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
239
240 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
241
242 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
243 CORE_ADDR pc);
244
245 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
246 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
247 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
248
249 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
250
251 static void update_global_location_list (int);
252
253 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
254
255 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
256
257 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
258
259 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
260
261 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
262
263 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
264
265 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
266
267 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
268
269 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
270
271 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
272
273 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
274
275 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
276
277 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
278 otherwise. */
279
280 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
281
282 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
283 from. */
284 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
285
286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
287 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
288 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
290
291 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
292 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
293
294 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
295 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
296
297 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
298 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
299
300 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
301 breakpoints. */
302 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
303
304 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
305 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
306
307 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
308 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
309
310 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
311 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
312 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
313 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
314 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
315 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
316
317 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
318 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
319 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
320 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
321 dprintf_style_gdb,
322 dprintf_style_call,
323 dprintf_style_agent,
324 NULL
325 };
326 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
327
328 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
329 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
330 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
331 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
332
333 static char *dprintf_function = "";
334
335 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
336 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
337 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
338 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
339 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
340 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
341 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
342
343 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
344
345 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
346 has disconnected. */
347 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
348
349 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
350 breakpoints share a single command list. */
351 struct counted_command_line
352 {
353 /* The reference count. */
354 int refc;
355
356 /* The command list. */
357 struct command_line *commands;
358 };
359
360 struct command_line *
361 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
362 {
363 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
364 }
365
366 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
367 current breakpoint. */
368
369 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
370
371 const char *
372 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
373 {
374 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
375 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
376 a breakpoint. */
377 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
378
379 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
380 }
381
382 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
383 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
384 if such is available. */
385 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
386
387 static void
388 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
389 struct cmd_list_element *c,
390 const char *value)
391 {
392 fprintf_filtered (file,
393 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
394 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
395 value);
396 }
397
398 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
400 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
401 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
402 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
403 static void
404 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
405 struct cmd_list_element *c,
406 const char *value)
407 {
408 fprintf_filtered (file,
409 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
410 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
411 value);
412 }
413
414 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
415 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
416 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
417 use hardware breakpoints. */
418 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
419 static void
420 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
421 struct cmd_list_element *c,
422 const char *value)
423 {
424 fprintf_filtered (file,
425 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
426 value);
427 }
428
429 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
430 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
431 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
432 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
433 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
434
435 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
436
437 static void
438 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
439 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
440 {
441 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
442 fprintf_filtered (file,
443 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
444 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
445 value,
446 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
447 else
448 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
449 value);
450 }
451
452 int
453 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
454 {
455 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
456 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
457 }
458
459 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
460
461 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
462 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
463 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
464 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
465 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
466 condition_evaluation_auto,
467 condition_evaluation_host,
468 condition_evaluation_target,
469 NULL
470 };
471
472 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
474
475 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
476 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
477 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
478
479 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
480 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
481 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
482 evaluation mode. */
483
484 static const char *
485 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
486 {
487 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
488 {
489 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
490 return condition_evaluation_target;
491 else
492 return condition_evaluation_host;
493 }
494 else
495 return mode;
496 }
497
498 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
499
500 static const char *
501 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
502 {
503 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
504 }
505
506 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
507 otherwise. */
508
509 static int
510 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
511 {
512 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
513
514 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
515 }
516
517 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
518
519 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
520 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
521
522 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
523 static int overlay_events_enabled;
524
525 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
526 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
527
528 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
530 current breakpoint. */
531
532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
533
534 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
535 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
536 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
537 B = TMP)
538
539 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
540 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
541 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
542
543 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
544 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
545 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
546 BP_TMP++)
547
548 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
549 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
550 to where the loop should start from.
551 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
552 appropriate location to start with. */
553
554 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
555 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
556 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
557 BP_LOCP_START \
558 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
559 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
560 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
561
562 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
563
564 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
565 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
566 if (is_tracepoint (B))
567
568 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
569
570 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
571
572 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
573
574 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
575
576 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
577
578 static unsigned bp_location_count;
579
580 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
581 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
582 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
583 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
584 an address you need to read. */
585
586 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
587
588 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
589 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
590 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
591 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
592 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
593
594 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
595
596 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
597 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
598 by a target. */
599 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
600
601 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
602
603 static int breakpoint_count;
604
605 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
606 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
607 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
608 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
609 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
610
611 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
612
613 static int tracepoint_count;
614
615 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
616 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
617 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
618
619 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
620 static int
621 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
622 {
623 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
624 }
625
626 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
627
628 static void
629 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
630 {
631 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
632 breakpoint_count = num;
633 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
634 }
635
636 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
637 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
638 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
639
640 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
641 breakpoint made. */
642
643 void
644 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
645 {
646 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
647 }
648
649 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
650 breakpoint made. */
651
652 void
653 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
654 {
655 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
656 }
657
658 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
659
660 void
661 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
662 {
663 struct breakpoint *b;
664
665 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
666 b->hit_count = 0;
667 }
668
669 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
670 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
671
672 static struct counted_command_line *
673 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
674 {
675 struct counted_command_line *result
676 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
677
678 result->refc = 1;
679 result->commands = commands;
680 return result;
681 }
682
683 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
684
685 static void
686 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
687 {
688 if (cmd)
689 ++cmd->refc;
690 }
691
692 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
693 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
694 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
695
696 static void
697 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
698 {
699 if (*cmdp)
700 {
701 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
702 {
703 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
704 xfree (*cmdp);
705 }
706 *cmdp = NULL;
707 }
708 }
709
710 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
711
712 static void
713 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
714 {
715 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
716 }
717
718 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
719 argument. */
720
721 static struct cleanup *
722 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
723 {
724 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
725 }
726
727 \f
728 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
729 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
730
731 struct breakpoint *
732 get_breakpoint (int num)
733 {
734 struct breakpoint *b;
735
736 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
737 if (b->number == num)
738 return b;
739
740 return NULL;
741 }
742
743 \f
744
745 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
746 evaluating conditions on its side. */
747
748 static void
749 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
750 {
751 struct bp_location *loc;
752
753 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
754 evaluating conditions and if the user has
755 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
756 side. */
757 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
758 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
759 return;
760
761 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
762 return;
763
764 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
765 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
766 }
767
768 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
769 evaluating conditions on its side. */
770
771 static void
772 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
773 {
774 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
775 evaluating conditions and if the user has
776 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
777 side. */
778 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
779 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
780
781 return;
782
783 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
784 return;
785
786 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
787 }
788
789 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
790 condition_evaluation_mode. */
791
792 static void
793 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
794 struct cmd_list_element *c)
795 {
796 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
797
798 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
799 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
800 {
801 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
802 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
803 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
804 return;
805 }
806
807 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
808 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
809
810 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
811 settings was "auto". */
812 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
813
814 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
815 if (new_mode != old_mode)
816 {
817 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
818 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
819 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
820
821 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
822 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
823 */
824
825 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
826 {
827 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
828 target. */
829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
830 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
831 }
832 else
833 {
834 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
835 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
836 target knows about. */
837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
838 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
839 loc->needs_update = 1;
840 }
841
842 /* Do the update. */
843 update_global_location_list (1);
844 }
845
846 return;
847 }
848
849 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
850 what "auto" is translating to. */
851
852 static void
853 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
854 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
855 {
856 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
857 fprintf_filtered (file,
858 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
859 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
860 value,
861 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
862 else
863 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
864 value);
865 }
866
867 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
868 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
869 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
870
871 static int
872 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
873 {
874 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
875 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
876
877 if (a->address == b->address)
878 return 0;
879 else
880 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
881 }
882
883 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
884 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
885 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
886 return NULL. */
887
888 static struct bp_location **
889 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
890 {
891 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
892 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
893 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
894
895 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
896 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
897 dummy_loc.address = address;
898
899 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
900 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
901 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
902 bp_location_compare_addrs);
903
904 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
905 if (locp_found == NULL)
906 return NULL;
907
908 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
909 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
910 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
911 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
912 locp_found--;
913
914 return locp_found;
915 }
916
917 void
918 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
919 int from_tty)
920 {
921 xfree (b->cond_string);
922 b->cond_string = NULL;
923
924 if (is_watchpoint (b))
925 {
926 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
927
928 xfree (w->cond_exp);
929 w->cond_exp = NULL;
930 }
931 else
932 {
933 struct bp_location *loc;
934
935 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
936 {
937 xfree (loc->cond);
938 loc->cond = NULL;
939
940 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
941 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
942 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
943 }
944 }
945
946 if (*exp == 0)
947 {
948 if (from_tty)
949 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
950 }
951 else
952 {
953 char *arg = exp;
954
955 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
956 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
957 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
958 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
959
960 if (is_watchpoint (b))
961 {
962 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
963
964 innermost_block = NULL;
965 arg = exp;
966 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
967 if (*arg)
968 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
969 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
970 }
971 else
972 {
973 struct bp_location *loc;
974
975 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
976 {
977 arg = exp;
978 loc->cond =
979 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
980 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
981 if (*arg)
982 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
983 }
984 }
985 }
986 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
987
988 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
989 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
990 }
991
992 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
993
994 static VEC (char_ptr) *
995 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, char *text, char *word)
996 {
997 char *space;
998
999 text = skip_spaces (text);
1000 space = skip_to_space (text);
1001 if (*space == '\0')
1002 {
1003 int len;
1004 struct breakpoint *b;
1005 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1006
1007 if (text[0] == '$')
1008 {
1009 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1010 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1011 return NULL;
1012 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1013 }
1014
1015 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1016 len = strlen (text);
1017
1018 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1019 {
1020 int single = b->loc->next == NULL;
1021 struct bp_location *loc;
1022 int count = 1;
1023
1024 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1025 {
1026 char location[50];
1027
1028 if (single)
1029 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d", b->number);
1030 else
1031 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d.%d", b->number,
1032 count);
1033
1034 if (strncmp (location, text, len) == 0)
1035 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (location));
1036
1037 ++count;
1038 }
1039 }
1040
1041 return result;
1042 }
1043
1044 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1045 text = skip_spaces (space);
1046 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1047 }
1048
1049 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1050
1051 static void
1052 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1053 {
1054 struct breakpoint *b;
1055 char *p;
1056 int bnum;
1057
1058 if (arg == 0)
1059 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1060
1061 p = arg;
1062 bnum = get_number (&p);
1063 if (bnum == 0)
1064 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1065
1066 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1067 if (b->number == bnum)
1068 {
1069 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1070 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1071 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1072 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1073 if (b->py_bp_object
1074 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1075 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1076 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1077 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1078
1079 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1080 update_global_location_list (1);
1081
1082 return;
1083 }
1084
1085 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1086 }
1087
1088 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1089 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1090 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1091
1092 static void
1093 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1094 {
1095 struct command_line *c;
1096
1097 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1098 {
1099 int i;
1100
1101 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1102 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1103 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1104
1105 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1106 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1107
1108 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1109 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1110 command directly. */
1111 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1112 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1113
1114 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1115 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1116 }
1117 }
1118
1119 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1120
1121 static int
1122 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1123 {
1124 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1125 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1126 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1127 }
1128
1129 int
1130 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1131 {
1132 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1133 }
1134
1135 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1136 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1137 found. */
1138
1139 static void
1140 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1141 struct command_line *commands)
1142 {
1143 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1144 {
1145 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1146 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1147 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1148 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1149 struct command_line *c;
1150 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1151 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1152 {
1153 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1154 {
1155 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1156 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1157 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1158 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1161
1162 if (while_stepping)
1163 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1164 "can be used only once"));
1165 else
1166 while_stepping = c;
1167 }
1168 }
1169 if (while_stepping)
1170 {
1171 struct command_line *c2;
1172
1173 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1174 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1175 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1176 {
1177 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1178 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1179 }
1180 }
1181 }
1182 else
1183 {
1184 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1185 }
1186 }
1187
1188 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1189 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1190
1191 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1192 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1193 {
1194 struct breakpoint *b;
1195 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1196 struct bp_location *loc;
1197
1198 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1199 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1200 {
1201 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1202 if (loc->address == addr)
1203 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1204 }
1205
1206 return found;
1207 }
1208
1209 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1210 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1211
1212 void
1213 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1214 struct command_line *commands)
1215 {
1216 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1217
1218 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1219 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1220 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1221 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1222 }
1223
1224 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1225 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1226 commands. */
1227
1228 void
1229 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1230 {
1231 int old_silent = b->silent;
1232
1233 b->silent = silent;
1234 if (old_silent != silent)
1235 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1236 }
1237
1238 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1239 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1240
1241 void
1242 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1243 {
1244 int old_thread = b->thread;
1245
1246 b->thread = thread;
1247 if (old_thread != thread)
1248 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1249 }
1250
1251 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1252 breakpoint work for any task. */
1253
1254 void
1255 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1256 {
1257 int old_task = b->task;
1258
1259 b->task = task;
1260 if (old_task != task)
1261 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1262 }
1263
1264 void
1265 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1266 {
1267 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1268
1269 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1270 }
1271
1272 /* A structure used to pass information through
1273 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1274
1275 struct commands_info
1276 {
1277 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1278 int from_tty;
1279
1280 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1281 char *arg;
1282
1283 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1284 already-parsed command. */
1285 struct command_line *control;
1286
1287 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1288 yet been read. */
1289 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1290 };
1291
1292 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1293 commands_command. */
1294
1295 static void
1296 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1297 {
1298 struct commands_info *info = data;
1299
1300 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1301 {
1302 struct command_line *l;
1303
1304 if (info->control != NULL)
1305 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1306 else
1307 {
1308 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1309 char *str;
1310
1311 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1312 "%s, one per line."),
1313 info->arg);
1314
1315 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1316
1317 l = read_command_lines (str,
1318 info->from_tty, 1,
1319 (is_tracepoint (b)
1320 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1321 b);
1322
1323 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1324 }
1325
1326 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1327 }
1328
1329 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1330 do anything. */
1331 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1332 {
1333 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1334 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1335 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1336 b->commands = info->cmd;
1337 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1338 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1339 }
1340 }
1341
1342 static void
1343 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1344 struct command_line *control)
1345 {
1346 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1347 struct commands_info info;
1348
1349 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1350 info.control = control;
1351 info.cmd = NULL;
1352 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1353 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1354 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1355
1356 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1357 {
1358 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1359 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1360 breakpoint_count);
1361 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1362 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1363 else
1364 {
1365 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1366 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1367 numbers will fail in this case. */
1368 arg = NULL;
1369 }
1370 }
1371 else
1372 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1373 our argument. */
1374 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1375
1376 if (arg != NULL)
1377 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1378
1379 info.arg = arg;
1380
1381 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1382
1383 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1384 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1385
1386 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1387 }
1388
1389 static void
1390 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1391 {
1392 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1393 }
1394
1395 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1396 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1397
1398 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1399 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1400 enum command_control_type
1401 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1402 {
1403 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1404 return simple_control;
1405 }
1406
1407 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1408
1409 static int
1410 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1411 {
1412 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1413 return 0;
1414 if (!bl->inserted)
1415 return 0;
1416 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1417 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1418 return 0;
1419 return 1;
1420 }
1421
1422 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1423 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1424
1425 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1426 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1427 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1428
1429 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1430 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1431 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1432 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1433 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1434 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1435 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1436 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1437 and:
1438 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1439
1440 void
1441 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1442 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1443 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1444 {
1445 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1446 search. */
1447 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1448
1449 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1450 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1451 report higher one. */
1452
1453 bc_l = 0;
1454 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1455 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1456 {
1457 struct bp_location *bl;
1458
1459 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1460 bl = bp_location[bc];
1461
1462 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1463 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1464 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1465 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1466
1467 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1468 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1469 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1470
1471 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1472 >= bl->address)
1473 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1474 <= memaddr))
1475 bc_l = bc;
1476 else
1477 bc_r = bc;
1478 }
1479
1480 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1481 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1482 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1483 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1484 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1485 B:
1486
1487 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1488
1489 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1490 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1491 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1492 and L2. */
1493 while (bc_l > 0
1494 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1495 bc_l--;
1496
1497 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1498
1499 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1500 {
1501 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1502 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1503 int bp_size = 0;
1504 int bptoffset = 0;
1505
1506 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1507 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1508 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1509 bl->owner->number);
1510
1511 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1512 content. */
1513
1514 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1515 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1516 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1517 break;
1518
1519 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1520 continue;
1521 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1522 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1523 continue;
1524
1525 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1526 we need to copy. */
1527 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1528 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1529
1530 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1531 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1532 are reading. */
1533 continue;
1534
1535 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1536 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1537 reading. */
1538 continue;
1539
1540 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1541 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1542 {
1543 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1544 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1545 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1546 bp_addr = memaddr;
1547 }
1548
1549 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1550 {
1551 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1552 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1553 }
1554
1555 if (readbuf != NULL)
1556 {
1557 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1558 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1559 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1560 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1561 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1562
1563 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1564 shadow. */
1565 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1566 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1567 }
1568 else
1569 {
1570 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1571 const unsigned char *bp;
1572 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1573 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1574
1575 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1576 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1577 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1578
1579 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1580 address. */
1581 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1582
1583 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1584 breakpoint's INSN. */
1585 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1586 }
1587 }
1588 }
1589 \f
1590
1591 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1592 breakpoint. */
1593
1594 int
1595 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1596 {
1597 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1598 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1599 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1600 }
1601
1602 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1603
1604 static int
1605 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1606 {
1607 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1608 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1609 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1610 }
1611
1612 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1613 software. */
1614
1615 int
1616 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1617 {
1618 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1619 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1620 }
1621
1622 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1623 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1624 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1625 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1626 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1627 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1628 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1629 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1630
1631 static int
1632 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1633 {
1634 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1635 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1636 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1637 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1638 }
1639
1640 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1641 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1642
1643 static void
1644 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1645 {
1646 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1647
1648 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1649 {
1650 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1651 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1652 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1653 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1654 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1655 }
1656 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1657 }
1658
1659 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1660 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1661 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1662 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1663 in b->loc->cond.
1664 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1665
1666 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1667 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1668 it.
1669
1670 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1671 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1672 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1673 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1674 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1675 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1676 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1677 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1678
1679 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1680 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1681 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1682 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1683 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1684 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1685 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1686 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1687 not changed.
1688
1689 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1690 hardware watchpoints:
1691
1692 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1693 called several times when GDB stops.
1694
1695 [linux]
1696 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1697 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1698 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1699 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1700 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1701 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1702 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1703 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1704 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1705 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1706 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1707
1708 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1709 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1710
1711 static void
1712 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1713 {
1714 int within_current_scope;
1715 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1716 int frame_saved;
1717
1718 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1719 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1720 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1721 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1722 return;
1723
1724 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1725 return;
1726
1727 frame_saved = 0;
1728
1729 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1730 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1731 within_current_scope = 1;
1732 else
1733 {
1734 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1735 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1736 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1737
1738 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1739 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1740 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1741 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1742 return;
1743
1744 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1745 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1746 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1747 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1748 selected frame. */
1749 frame_saved = 1;
1750 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1751
1752 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1753 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1754 if (within_current_scope)
1755 select_frame (fi);
1756 }
1757
1758 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1759 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1760 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1761 b->base.loc = NULL;
1762
1763 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1764 {
1765 char *s;
1766
1767 if (b->exp)
1768 {
1769 xfree (b->exp);
1770 b->exp = NULL;
1771 }
1772 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1773 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1774 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1775 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1776 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1777 be completely different objects. */
1778 value_free (b->val);
1779 b->val = NULL;
1780 b->val_valid = 0;
1781
1782 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1783 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1784 locations (re)created below. */
1785 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1786 {
1787 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1788 {
1789 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1790 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1791 }
1792
1793 s = b->base.cond_string;
1794 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1795 }
1796 }
1797
1798 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1799 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1800 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1801 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1802 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1803 if ( !target_has_execution)
1804 {
1805 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1806 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1807 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1808 }
1809 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1810 {
1811 int pc = 0;
1812 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1813 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1814
1815 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1816
1817 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1818 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1819 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1820 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1821 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1822 watchpoints. */
1823 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1824 {
1825 b->val = v;
1826 b->val_valid = 1;
1827 }
1828
1829 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1830
1831 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1832 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1833 {
1834 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1835 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1836 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1837 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1838 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1839 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1840 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1841 {
1842 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1843
1844 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1845 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1846 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1847 if (v == result
1848 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1849 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1850 {
1851 CORE_ADDR addr;
1852 int type;
1853 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1854
1855 addr = value_address (v);
1856 type = hw_write;
1857 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1858 type = hw_read;
1859 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1860 type = hw_access;
1861
1862 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1863 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1864 ;
1865 *tmp = loc;
1866 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1867
1868 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1869 loc->address = addr;
1870 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1871 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1872 }
1873 }
1874 }
1875
1876 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1877 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1878 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1879 is started. */
1880 if (reparse)
1881 {
1882 int reg_cnt;
1883 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1884 struct bp_location *bl;
1885
1886 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1887
1888 if (reg_cnt)
1889 {
1890 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1891 enum bptype type;
1892
1893 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1894 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1895 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1896
1897 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1898 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1899 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1900 this watchpoint in as well. */
1901
1902 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1903 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1904 hardware watchpoint type. */
1905 type = b->base.type;
1906 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1907 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1908
1909 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1910 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1911 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1912 through watch_command), so always account for it
1913 manually. */
1914
1915 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1916 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1917
1918 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1919 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1920
1921 target_resources_ok
1922 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1923 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1924 {
1925 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1926
1927 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1928 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1929 "hardware watchpoint."));
1930 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1931 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1932 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1933
1934 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1935 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1936 }
1937 else
1938 {
1939 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1940 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1941 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1942 nop. */
1943 b->base.type = type;
1944 }
1945 }
1946 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1947 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1948 "read/access watchpoint."));
1949 else
1950 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1951
1952 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1953 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1954 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1955 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1956 }
1957
1958 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1959 {
1960 next = value_next (v);
1961 if (v != b->val)
1962 value_free (v);
1963 }
1964
1965 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1966 above left it without any location set up. But,
1967 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1968 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1969 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1970 {
1971 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1972 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1973 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1974 base->loc->address = -1;
1975 base->loc->length = -1;
1976 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1977 }
1978 }
1979 else if (!within_current_scope)
1980 {
1981 printf_filtered (_("\
1982 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1983 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1984 b->base.number);
1985 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1986 }
1987
1988 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1989 if (frame_saved)
1990 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1991 }
1992
1993
1994 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1995 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1996 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1997 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1998 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1999 static int
2000 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2001 {
2002 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2003 return 0;
2004
2005 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2006 return 0;
2007
2008 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2009 return 0;
2010
2011 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2012 return 0;
2013
2014 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2015 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2016 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2017 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2018 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2019 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2020 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2021 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2022 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2023 return 0;
2024
2025 return 1;
2026 }
2027
2028 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2029 that the location is not duplicated. */
2030
2031 static int
2032 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2033 {
2034 int result;
2035 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2036
2037 bl->duplicate = 0;
2038 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2039 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2040 return result;
2041 }
2042
2043 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2044 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2045 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2046 any error during parsing. */
2047
2048 static struct agent_expr *
2049 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2050 {
2051 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2052 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2053 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2054
2055 if (!cond)
2056 return NULL;
2057
2058 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2059 that may show up. */
2060 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2061 {
2062 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2063 }
2064
2065 if (ex.reason < 0)
2066 {
2067 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2068 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2069 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2070 return NULL;
2071 }
2072
2073 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2074 return aexpr;
2075 }
2076
2077 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2078 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2079 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2080 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2081 one of them is true. */
2082
2083 static void
2084 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2085 {
2086 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2087 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2088 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2089 struct bp_location *loc;
2090
2091 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2092 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2093 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2094 side. */
2095 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2096 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2097 return;
2098
2099 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2100 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2101 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2102 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2103 response back to GDB. */
2104 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2105 {
2106 loc = (*loc2p);
2107 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2108 {
2109 if (modified)
2110 {
2111 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2112
2113 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2114 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2115 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2116 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2117 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2118 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2119
2120 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2121 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2122 to the target. */
2123 if (aexpr)
2124 continue;
2125 }
2126
2127 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2128 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2129 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2130 {
2131 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2132 break;
2133 }
2134 }
2135 }
2136
2137 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2138 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2139 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2140
2141 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2142 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2143 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2144 {
2145 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2146 {
2147 loc = (*loc2p);
2148 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2149 {
2150 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2151 located. */
2152 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2153 return;
2154
2155 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2156 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2157 }
2158 }
2159 }
2160
2161 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2162 for this location's address. */
2163 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2164 {
2165 loc = (*loc2p);
2166 if (loc->cond
2167 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2168 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2169 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2170 && loc->enabled)
2171 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2172 conditions to the target. */
2173 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2174 loc->cond_bytecode);
2175 }
2176
2177 return;
2178 }
2179
2180 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2181 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2182 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2183
2184 static struct agent_expr *
2185 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2186 {
2187 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2188 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2189 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2190 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2191 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2192 char *cmdrest;
2193 char *format_start, *format_end;
2194 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2195 int nargs;
2196 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2197
2198 if (!cmd)
2199 return NULL;
2200
2201 cmdrest = cmd;
2202
2203 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2204 ++cmdrest;
2205 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2206
2207 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2208 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2209
2210 format_start = cmdrest;
2211
2212 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2213
2214 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2215
2216 format_end = cmdrest;
2217
2218 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2219 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2220
2221 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2222
2223 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2224 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2225
2226 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2227 cmdrest++;
2228 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2229
2230 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2231
2232 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2233 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2234
2235 nargs = 0;
2236 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2237 {
2238 char *cmd1;
2239
2240 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2241 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2242 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2243 cmdrest = cmd1;
2244 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2245 ++cmdrest;
2246 }
2247
2248 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2249 that may show up. */
2250 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2251 {
2252 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2253 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2254 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2255 }
2256
2257 if (ex.reason < 0)
2258 {
2259 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2260 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2261 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2262 return NULL;
2263 }
2264
2265 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2266
2267 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2268 return aexpr;
2269 }
2270
2271 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2272 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2273 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2274
2275 static void
2276 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2277 {
2278 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2279 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2280 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2281 struct bp_location *loc;
2282
2283 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2284 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2285 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2286 return;
2287
2288 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2289 return;
2290
2291 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2292 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2293 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2294 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2295 response back to GDB. */
2296 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2297 {
2298 loc = (*loc2p);
2299 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2300 {
2301 if (modified)
2302 {
2303 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2304
2305 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2306 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2307 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2308 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2309 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2310 loc->owner->extra_string);
2311 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2312
2313 if (!aexpr)
2314 continue;
2315 }
2316
2317 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2318 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2319 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2320 {
2321 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2322 break;
2323 }
2324 }
2325 }
2326
2327 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2328 and so clean up. */
2329 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2330 {
2331 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2332 {
2333 loc = (*loc2p);
2334 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2335 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2336 {
2337 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2338 located. */
2339 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2340 return;
2341
2342 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2343 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2344 }
2345 }
2346 }
2347
2348 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2349 for this location's address. */
2350 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2351 {
2352 loc = (*loc2p);
2353 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2354 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2355 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2356 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2357 && loc->enabled)
2358 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2359 to send the commands to the target. */
2360 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2361 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2362 }
2363
2364 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2365 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2366 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2367 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2368 }
2369
2370 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2371 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2372 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2373 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2374 -1 for failure.
2375
2376 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2377 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2378 static int
2379 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2380 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2381 int *disabled_breaks,
2382 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2383 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2384 {
2385 int val = 0;
2386 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2387 struct gdb_exception e;
2388
2389 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2390 return 0;
2391
2392 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2393 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2394 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2395 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2396 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2397 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2398 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2399 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2400 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2401 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2402 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2403 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2404
2405 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2406 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2407 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2408 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2409
2410 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2411 {
2412 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2413 build_target_command_list (bl);
2414 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2415 bl->needs_update = 0;
2416 }
2417
2418 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2419 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2420 {
2421 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2422 {
2423 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2424 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2425 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2426
2427 Two important cases are:
2428 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2429 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2430 hardware breakpoint.
2431 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2432 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2433 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2434 so we undo.
2435
2436 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2437 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2438 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2439 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2440 gdb. */
2441 struct mem_region *mr
2442 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2443
2444 if (mr)
2445 {
2446 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2447 {
2448 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2449
2450 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2451 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2452 else
2453 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2454
2455 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2456 {
2457 static int said = 0;
2458
2459 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2460 if (!said)
2461 {
2462 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2463 _("Note: automatically using "
2464 "hardware breakpoints for "
2465 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2466 said = 1;
2467 }
2468 }
2469 }
2470 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2471 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2472 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2473 "at readonly address %s"),
2474 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2475 }
2476 }
2477
2478 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2479 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2480 || bl->section == NULL
2481 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2482 {
2483 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2484 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2485 {
2486 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2487 }
2488 if (e.reason < 0)
2489 {
2490 val = 1;
2491 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2492 }
2493 }
2494 else
2495 {
2496 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2497 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2498 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2499 {
2500 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2501 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2502 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2503 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2504 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2505 bl->owner->number);
2506 else
2507 {
2508 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2509 bl->section);
2510 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2511 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2512 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2513 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2514 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2515 if (val != 0)
2516 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2517 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2518 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2519 bl->owner->number);
2520 }
2521 }
2522 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2523 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2524 {
2525 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2526 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2527 {
2528 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2529 }
2530 if (e.reason < 0)
2531 {
2532 val = 1;
2533 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2534 }
2535 }
2536 else
2537 {
2538 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2539 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2540 return 0;
2541 }
2542 }
2543
2544 if (val)
2545 {
2546 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2547 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2548 {
2549 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2550 val = 0;
2551 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2552 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2553 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2554 {
2555 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2556 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2557 bl->owner->number);
2558 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2559 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2560 "library breakpoints:\n");
2561 }
2562 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2563 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2564 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2565 }
2566 else
2567 {
2568 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2569 {
2570 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2571 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2572 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2573 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2574 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2575 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2576 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2577 }
2578 else
2579 {
2580 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2581 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2582 bl->owner->number);
2583 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2584 "Error accessing memory address ");
2585 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2586 tmp_error_stream);
2587 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2588 safe_strerror (val));
2589 }
2590
2591 }
2592 }
2593 else
2594 bl->inserted = 1;
2595
2596 return val;
2597 }
2598
2599 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2600 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2601 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2602 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2603 {
2604 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2605 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2606
2607 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2608
2609 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2610 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2611 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2612 {
2613 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2614
2615 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2616 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2617 of this one. */
2618 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2619 if (loc != bl
2620 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2621 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2622 {
2623 bl->duplicate = 1;
2624 bl->inserted = 1;
2625 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2626 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2627 val = 0;
2628 break;
2629 }
2630
2631 if (val == 1)
2632 {
2633 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2634 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2635
2636 if (val)
2637 /* Back to the original value. */
2638 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2639 }
2640 }
2641
2642 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2643 }
2644
2645 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2646 {
2647 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2648 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2649
2650 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2651 if (val)
2652 {
2653 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2654
2655 if (val == 1)
2656 warning (_("\
2657 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2658 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2659 else
2660 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2661 }
2662
2663 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2664
2665 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2666 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2667 so just return success. */
2668 return 0;
2669 }
2670
2671 return 0;
2672 }
2673
2674 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2675 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2676 PSPACE anymore. */
2677
2678 void
2679 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2680 {
2681 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2682 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2683
2684 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2685 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2686 {
2687 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2688 delete_breakpoint (b);
2689 }
2690
2691 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2692 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2693 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2694 {
2695 struct bp_location *tmp;
2696
2697 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2698 {
2699 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2700 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2701 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2702 else
2703 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2704 if (tmp->next == loc)
2705 {
2706 tmp->next = loc->next;
2707 break;
2708 }
2709 }
2710 }
2711
2712 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2713 removed locations above. */
2714 update_global_location_list (0);
2715 }
2716
2717 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2718 Throws exception on any error.
2719 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2720 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2721 void
2722 insert_breakpoints (void)
2723 {
2724 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2725
2726 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2727 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2728 {
2729 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2730
2731 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2732 }
2733
2734 update_global_location_list (1);
2735
2736 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2737 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2738 now. */
2739 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2740 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2741 }
2742
2743 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2744
2745 void
2746 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2747 {
2748 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2749
2750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2751 {
2752 callback (loc, NULL);
2753 }
2754 }
2755
2756 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2757 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2758 always-inserted mode. */
2759
2760 static void
2761 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2762 {
2763 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2764 int error_flag = 0;
2765 int val = 0;
2766 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2767 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2768 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2769
2770 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2771 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2772
2773 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2774 there was an error. */
2775 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2776
2777 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2778
2779 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2780 {
2781 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2782 breakpoints. */
2783 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2784 continue;
2785
2786 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2787 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2788 deletion of breakpoints. */
2789 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2790 continue;
2791
2792 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2793
2794 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2795 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2796 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2797 insert breakpoints. */
2798 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2799 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2800 continue;
2801
2802 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2803 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2804 if (val)
2805 error_flag = val;
2806 }
2807
2808 if (error_flag)
2809 {
2810 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2811 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2812 }
2813
2814 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2815 }
2816
2817 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2818
2819 static void
2820 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2821 {
2822 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2823 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2824 int error_flag = 0;
2825 int val = 0;
2826 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2827 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2828 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2829
2830 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2831 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2832
2833 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2834 there was an error. */
2835 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2836
2837 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2838
2839 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2840 {
2841 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2842 continue;
2843
2844 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2845 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2846 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2847 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2848 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2849 continue;
2850
2851 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2852
2853 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2854 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2855 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2856 insert breakpoints. */
2857 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2858 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2859 continue;
2860
2861 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2862 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2863 if (val)
2864 error_flag = val;
2865 }
2866
2867 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2868 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2869 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2870 {
2871 int some_failed = 0;
2872 struct bp_location *loc;
2873
2874 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2875 continue;
2876
2877 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2878 continue;
2879
2880 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2881 continue;
2882
2883 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2884 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2885 {
2886 some_failed = 1;
2887 break;
2888 }
2889 if (some_failed)
2890 {
2891 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2892 if (loc->inserted)
2893 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2894
2895 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2896 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2897 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2898 bpt->number);
2899 error_flag = -1;
2900 }
2901 }
2902
2903 if (error_flag)
2904 {
2905 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2906 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2907 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2908 {
2909 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2910 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2911 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2912 }
2913 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2914 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2915 }
2916
2917 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2918 }
2919
2920 /* Used when the program stops.
2921 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2922 removing a breakpoint location. */
2923
2924 int
2925 remove_breakpoints (void)
2926 {
2927 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2928 int val = 0;
2929
2930 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2931 {
2932 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2933 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2934 }
2935 return val;
2936 }
2937
2938 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2939
2940 int
2941 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2942 {
2943 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2944 int val;
2945 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2946
2947 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2948 {
2949 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2950 continue;
2951
2952 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2953 continue;
2954
2955 if (bl->inserted)
2956 {
2957 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2958 if (val != 0)
2959 return val;
2960 }
2961 }
2962 return 0;
2963 }
2964
2965 int
2966 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2967 {
2968 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2969 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2970 int val;
2971 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2972 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2973 struct inferior *inf;
2974 struct thread_info *tp;
2975
2976 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2977 if (tp == NULL)
2978 return 1;
2979
2980 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2981 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2982
2983 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2984
2985 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2986 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2987
2988 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2989 {
2990 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2991 continue;
2992
2993 if (bl->inserted)
2994 {
2995 bl->inserted = 0;
2996 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
2997 if (val != 0)
2998 {
2999 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3000 return val;
3001 }
3002 }
3003 }
3004 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3005 return 0;
3006 }
3007
3008 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3009
3010 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3011 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3012 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3013 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3014 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3015 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3016 static void
3017 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3018 {
3019 if (internal)
3020 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3021 else
3022 {
3023 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3024 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3025 }
3026 }
3027
3028 static struct breakpoint *
3029 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3030 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3031 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3032 {
3033 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3034 struct breakpoint *b;
3035
3036 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3037
3038 sal.pc = address;
3039 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3040 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3041
3042 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3043 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3044 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3045
3046 return b;
3047 }
3048
3049 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3050 {
3051 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3052 };
3053 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3054
3055 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3056 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3057 {
3058 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3059 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3060
3061 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3062 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3063
3064 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3065 int longjmp_searched;
3066
3067 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3068 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3069
3070 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3071 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3072
3073 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3074 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3075
3076 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3077 int exception_searched;
3078
3079 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3080 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3081 };
3082
3083 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3084
3085 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3086 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3087
3088 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3089
3090 static int
3091 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3092 {
3093 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3094 }
3095
3096 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3097 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3098
3099 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3100 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3101 {
3102 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3103
3104 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3105 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3106 {
3107 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3108 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3109
3110 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3111 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3112 }
3113 return bp_objfile_data;
3114 }
3115
3116 static void
3117 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3118 {
3119 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3120
3121 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3122 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3123 }
3124
3125 static void
3126 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3127 {
3128 struct objfile *objfile;
3129 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3130
3131 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3132 {
3133 struct breakpoint *b;
3134 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3135 CORE_ADDR addr;
3136
3137 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3138
3139 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3140 continue;
3141
3142 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3143 {
3144 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3145
3146 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3147 if (m == NULL)
3148 {
3149 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3150 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3151 continue;
3152 }
3153 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3154 }
3155
3156 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3157 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3158 bp_overlay_event,
3159 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3160 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3161
3162 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3163 {
3164 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3165 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3166 }
3167 else
3168 {
3169 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3170 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3171 }
3172 }
3173 update_global_location_list (1);
3174 }
3175
3176 static void
3177 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3178 {
3179 struct program_space *pspace;
3180 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3181
3182 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3183
3184 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3185 {
3186 struct objfile *objfile;
3187
3188 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3189
3190 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3191 {
3192 int i;
3193 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3194 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3195
3196 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3197 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3198 continue;
3199
3200 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3201
3202 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3203 {
3204 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3205 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3206 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3207 }
3208
3209 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3210 {
3211 int i;
3212 struct probe *probe;
3213 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3214
3215 for (i = 0;
3216 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3217 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3218 i, probe);
3219 ++i)
3220 {
3221 struct breakpoint *b;
3222
3223 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3224 bp_longjmp_master,
3225 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3226 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3227 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3228 }
3229
3230 continue;
3231 }
3232
3233 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3234 {
3235 struct breakpoint *b;
3236 const char *func_name;
3237 CORE_ADDR addr;
3238
3239 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3240 continue;
3241
3242 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3243 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3244 {
3245 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3246
3247 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3248 if (m == NULL)
3249 {
3250 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3251 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3252 continue;
3253 }
3254 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3255 }
3256
3257 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3258 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3259 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3260 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3261 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3262 }
3263 }
3264 }
3265 update_global_location_list (1);
3266
3267 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3268 }
3269
3270 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3271 static void
3272 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3273 {
3274 struct program_space *pspace;
3275 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3276 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3277
3278 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3279
3280 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3281 {
3282 struct objfile *objfile;
3283 CORE_ADDR addr;
3284
3285 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3286
3287 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3288 {
3289 struct breakpoint *b;
3290 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3291
3292 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3293
3294 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3295 continue;
3296
3297 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3298 {
3299 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3300
3301 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3302 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3303 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3304 {
3305 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3306 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3307 continue;
3308 }
3309 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3310 }
3311
3312 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3313 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3314 bp_std_terminate_master,
3315 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3316 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3317 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3318 }
3319 }
3320
3321 update_global_location_list (1);
3322
3323 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3324 }
3325
3326 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3327
3328 static void
3329 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3330 {
3331 struct objfile *objfile;
3332 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3333
3334 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3335 {
3336 struct breakpoint *b;
3337 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3338 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3339 CORE_ADDR addr;
3340
3341 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3342
3343 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3344 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3345 {
3346 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3347 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3348 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3349 }
3350
3351 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3352 {
3353 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3354 int i;
3355 struct probe *probe;
3356
3357 for (i = 0;
3358 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3359 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3360 i, probe);
3361 ++i)
3362 {
3363 struct breakpoint *b;
3364
3365 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3366 bp_exception_master,
3367 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3368 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3369 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3370 }
3371
3372 continue;
3373 }
3374
3375 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3376
3377 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3378 continue;
3379
3380 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3381
3382 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3383 {
3384 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3385
3386 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3387 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3388 {
3389 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3390 continue;
3391 }
3392
3393 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3394 }
3395
3396 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3397 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3398 &current_target);
3399 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3400 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3401 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3402 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3403 }
3404
3405 update_global_location_list (1);
3406 }
3407
3408 void
3409 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3410 {
3411 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3412 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3413
3414 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3415 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3416 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3417 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3418 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3419 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3420 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3421 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3422 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3423 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3424 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3425
3426 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3427 {
3428 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3429 continue;
3430
3431 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3432 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3433 {
3434 delete_breakpoint (b);
3435 continue;
3436 }
3437
3438 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3439 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3440 {
3441 delete_breakpoint (b);
3442 continue;
3443 }
3444
3445 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3446 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3447 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3448 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3449 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3450 {
3451 delete_breakpoint (b);
3452 continue;
3453 }
3454
3455 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3456 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3457 {
3458 delete_breakpoint (b);
3459 continue;
3460 }
3461
3462 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3463 after an exec. */
3464 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3465 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3466 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3467 {
3468 delete_breakpoint (b);
3469 continue;
3470 }
3471
3472 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3473 {
3474 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3475 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3476 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3477 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3478 continue;
3479 }
3480
3481 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3482 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3483 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3484 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3485 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3486 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3487
3488 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3489 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3490 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3491 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3492 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3493 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3494 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3495
3496 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3497 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3498 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3499 let finish_command delete it.
3500
3501 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3502 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3503 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3504 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3505 solib breakpoints.) */
3506
3507 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3508 {
3509 continue;
3510 }
3511
3512 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3513 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3514 a.out. */
3515 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3516 {
3517 delete_breakpoint (b);
3518 continue;
3519 }
3520 }
3521 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3522 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3523 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3524 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3525 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3526 }
3527
3528 int
3529 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3530 {
3531 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3532 int val = 0;
3533 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3534 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3535
3536 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3537 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3538
3539 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3540 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3541 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3542 {
3543 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3544 continue;
3545
3546 if (bl->inserted)
3547 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3548 }
3549
3550 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3551 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3552
3553 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3554 return val;
3555 }
3556
3557 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3558 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3559 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3560 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3561 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3562
3563 static int
3564 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3565 {
3566 int val;
3567
3568 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3569 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3570
3571 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3572 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3573 return 0;
3574
3575 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3576 This should not ever happen. */
3577 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3578
3579 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3580 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3581 {
3582 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3583 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3584 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3585
3586 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3587 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3588 || bl->section == NULL
3589 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3590 {
3591 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3592 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3593 }
3594 else
3595 {
3596 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3597 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3598 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3599 {
3600 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3601 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3602 */
3603 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3604 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3605 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3606 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3607 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3608 else
3609 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3610 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3611 }
3612 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3613 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3614 if (bl->inserted)
3615 {
3616 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3617 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3618 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3619 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3620
3621 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3622 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3623 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3624 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3625 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3626 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3627 else
3628 val = 0;
3629 }
3630 else
3631 {
3632 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3633 val = 0;
3634 }
3635 }
3636
3637 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3638 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3639 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3640 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3641 val = 0;
3642
3643 if (val)
3644 return val;
3645 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3646 }
3647 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3648 {
3649 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3650 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3651
3652 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3653 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3654
3655 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3656 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3657 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3658 bl->owner->number);
3659 }
3660 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3661 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3662 && !bl->duplicate)
3663 {
3664 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3665 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3666
3667 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3668 if (val)
3669 return val;
3670
3671 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3672 }
3673
3674 return 0;
3675 }
3676
3677 static int
3678 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3679 {
3680 int ret;
3681 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3682
3683 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3684 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3685
3686 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3687 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3688 return 0;
3689
3690 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3691 This should not ever happen. */
3692 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3693
3694 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3695
3696 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3697
3698 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3699
3700 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3701 return ret;
3702 }
3703
3704 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3705
3706 void
3707 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3708 {
3709 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3710
3711 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3712 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3713 bl->inserted = 0;
3714 }
3715
3716 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3717 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3718
3719 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3720 between runs.
3721
3722 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3723 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3724 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3725
3726
3727
3728 void
3729 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3730 {
3731 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3732 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3733 int ix;
3734 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3735
3736 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3737 nothing to do. */
3738 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3739 return;
3740
3741 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3742 {
3743 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3744 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3745 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3746 bl->inserted = 0;
3747 }
3748
3749 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3750 {
3751 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3752 continue;
3753
3754 switch (b->type)
3755 {
3756 case bp_call_dummy:
3757 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3758
3759 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3760 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3761 rid of it. */
3762
3763 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3764
3765 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3766
3767 case bp_shlib_event:
3768
3769 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3770 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3771 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3772 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3773 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3774
3775 (gdb) file prog-linux
3776 (gdb) run # native linux target
3777 ...
3778 (gdb) kill
3779 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3780 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3781 */
3782
3783 case bp_step_resume:
3784
3785 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3786
3787 delete_breakpoint (b);
3788 break;
3789
3790 case bp_watchpoint:
3791 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3792 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3793 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3794 {
3795 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3796
3797 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3798 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3799 delete_breakpoint (b);
3800 else if (context == inf_starting)
3801 {
3802 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3803 insert_breakpoints. */
3804 if (w->val)
3805 value_free (w->val);
3806 w->val = NULL;
3807 w->val_valid = 0;
3808 }
3809 }
3810 break;
3811 default:
3812 break;
3813 }
3814 }
3815
3816 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3817 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3818 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3819 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3820 }
3821
3822 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3823 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3824 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3825 match, not program space. */
3826
3827 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3828 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3829 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3830 permanent breakpoint.
3831 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3832 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3833 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3834 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3835 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3836
3837 enum breakpoint_here
3838 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3839 {
3840 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3841 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3842
3843 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3844 {
3845 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3846 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3847 continue;
3848
3849 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3850 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3851 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3852 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3853 {
3854 if (overlay_debugging
3855 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3856 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3857 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3858 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3859 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3860 else
3861 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3862 }
3863 }
3864
3865 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3866 }
3867
3868 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3869
3870 int
3871 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3872 {
3873 struct bp_location *loc;
3874 int ix;
3875
3876 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3877 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3878 return 1;
3879
3880 return 0;
3881 }
3882
3883 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3884 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3885 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3886 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3887
3888 int
3889 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3890 CORE_ADDR pc)
3891 {
3892 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3893
3894 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3895 {
3896 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3897 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3898 continue;
3899
3900 if (bl->inserted
3901 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3902 {
3903 if (overlay_debugging
3904 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3905 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3906 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3907 else
3908 return 1;
3909 }
3910 }
3911 return 0;
3912 }
3913
3914 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3915 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3916
3917 int
3918 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3919 {
3920 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3921 return 1;
3922
3923 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3924 return 1;
3925
3926 return 0;
3927 }
3928
3929 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3930 inserted at PC. */
3931
3932 int
3933 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3934 CORE_ADDR pc)
3935 {
3936 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3937
3938 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3939 {
3940 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3941 continue;
3942
3943 if (bl->inserted
3944 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3945 aspace, pc))
3946 {
3947 if (overlay_debugging
3948 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3949 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3950 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3951 else
3952 return 1;
3953 }
3954 }
3955
3956 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3957 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3958 return 1;
3959
3960 return 0;
3961 }
3962
3963 int
3964 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3965 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3966 {
3967 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3968
3969 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3970 {
3971 struct bp_location *loc;
3972
3973 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3974 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3975 continue;
3976
3977 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3978 continue;
3979
3980 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3981 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3982 {
3983 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3984
3985 /* Check for intersection. */
3986 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3987 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3988 if (l < h)
3989 return 1;
3990 }
3991 }
3992 return 0;
3993 }
3994
3995 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3996 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3997
3998 int
3999 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4000 ptid_t ptid)
4001 {
4002 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4003 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4004 int thread = -1;
4005 int task = 0;
4006
4007 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4008 {
4009 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4010 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4011 continue;
4012
4013 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4014 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4015 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4016 continue;
4017
4018 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4019 continue;
4020
4021 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4022 {
4023 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4024 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4025 it is now time to do so. */
4026 if (thread == -1)
4027 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4028 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4029 continue;
4030 }
4031
4032 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4033 {
4034 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4035 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4036 it is now time to do so. */
4037 if (task == 0)
4038 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4039 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4040 continue;
4041 }
4042
4043 if (overlay_debugging
4044 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4045 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4046 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4047
4048 return 1;
4049 }
4050
4051 return 0;
4052 }
4053 \f
4054
4055 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4056 in breakpoint.h. */
4057
4058 int
4059 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4060 {
4061 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4062 }
4063
4064 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4065 'next' chain. */
4066
4067 static void
4068 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4069 {
4070 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4071 value_free (bs->old_val);
4072 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4073 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4074 xfree (bs);
4075 }
4076
4077 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4078 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4079
4080 void
4081 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4082 {
4083 bpstat p;
4084 bpstat q;
4085
4086 if (bsp == 0)
4087 return;
4088 p = *bsp;
4089 while (p != NULL)
4090 {
4091 q = p->next;
4092 bpstat_free (p);
4093 p = q;
4094 }
4095 *bsp = NULL;
4096 }
4097
4098 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4099 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4100
4101 bpstat
4102 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4103 {
4104 bpstat p = NULL;
4105 bpstat tmp;
4106 bpstat retval = NULL;
4107
4108 if (bs == NULL)
4109 return bs;
4110
4111 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4112 {
4113 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4114 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4115 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4116 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4117 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4118 {
4119 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4120 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4121 }
4122
4123 if (p == NULL)
4124 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4125 retval = tmp;
4126 else
4127 p->next = tmp;
4128 p = tmp;
4129 }
4130 p->next = NULL;
4131 return retval;
4132 }
4133
4134 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4135
4136 bpstat
4137 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4138 {
4139 if (bsp == NULL)
4140 return NULL;
4141
4142 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4143 {
4144 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4145 return bsp;
4146 }
4147 return NULL;
4148 }
4149
4150 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4151
4152 enum bpstat_signal_value
4153 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp)
4154 {
4155 enum bpstat_signal_value result = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4156
4157 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4158 {
4159 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4160 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4161 enum bpstat_signal_value newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
4162
4163 if (bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL)
4164 newval = bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at);
4165
4166 if (newval > result)
4167 result = newval;
4168 }
4169
4170 return result;
4171 }
4172
4173 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4174 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4175 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4176 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4177
4178 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4179 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4180 we set it.
4181 Return 1 otherwise. */
4182
4183 int
4184 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4185 {
4186 struct breakpoint *b;
4187
4188 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4189 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4190
4191 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4192 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4193 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4194 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4195 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4196 if (b == NULL)
4197 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4198
4199 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4200 return 1;
4201 }
4202
4203 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4204
4205 void
4206 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4207 {
4208 struct thread_info *tp;
4209 bpstat bs;
4210
4211 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4212 return;
4213
4214 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4215 if (tp == NULL)
4216 return;
4217
4218 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4219 {
4220 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4221
4222 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4223 {
4224 value_free (bs->old_val);
4225 bs->old_val = NULL;
4226 }
4227 }
4228 }
4229
4230 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4231
4232 static void
4233 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4234 {
4235 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4236 {
4237 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4238
4239 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4240 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4241 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4242 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4243 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4244 return;
4245 }
4246
4247 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4248 }
4249
4250 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4251 command. */
4252 static void
4253 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4254 {
4255 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4256 }
4257
4258 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4259 or its equivalent. */
4260
4261 static int
4262 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4263 {
4264 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4265 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4266 }
4267
4268 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4269 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4270 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4271 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4272
4273 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4274 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4275 bpstat of the current thread. */
4276
4277 static int
4278 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4279 {
4280 bpstat bs;
4281 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4282 int again = 0;
4283
4284 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4285 in bs->commands. */
4286 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4287 return 0;
4288
4289 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4290 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4291
4292 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4293
4294 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4295 bs = *bsp;
4296
4297 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4298 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4299 {
4300 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4301 struct command_line *cmd;
4302 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4303
4304 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4305
4306 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4307 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4308 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4309 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4310 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4311 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4312 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4313 the tree when we're done. */
4314 ccmd = bs->commands;
4315 bs->commands = NULL;
4316 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4317 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4318 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4319 {
4320 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4321 cmd = cmd->next;
4322 }
4323
4324 while (cmd != NULL)
4325 {
4326 execute_control_command (cmd);
4327
4328 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4329 break;
4330 else
4331 cmd = cmd->next;
4332 }
4333
4334 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4335 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4336
4337 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4338 {
4339 if (target_can_async_p ())
4340 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4341 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4342 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4343 ;
4344 else
4345 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4346 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4347 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4348 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4349 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4350 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4351 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4352 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4353 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4354 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4355 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4356 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4357 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4358 again = 1;
4359 break;
4360 }
4361 }
4362 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4363 return again;
4364 }
4365
4366 void
4367 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4368 {
4369 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4370
4371 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4372 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4373 && target_has_execution
4374 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4375 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4376 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4377 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4378 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4379 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4380 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4381 break;
4382
4383 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4384 }
4385
4386 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4387
4388 static void
4389 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4390 {
4391 if (val == NULL)
4392 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4393 else
4394 {
4395 struct value_print_options opts;
4396 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4397 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4398 }
4399 }
4400
4401 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4402 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4403 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4404 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4405 normal_stop(). */
4406
4407 static enum print_stop_action
4408 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4409 {
4410 switch (bs->print_it)
4411 {
4412 case print_it_noop:
4413 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4414 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4415 break;
4416
4417 case print_it_done:
4418 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4419 relevant messages. */
4420 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4421 break;
4422
4423 case print_it_normal:
4424 {
4425 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4426
4427 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4428 which has since been deleted. */
4429 if (b == NULL)
4430 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4431
4432 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4433 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4434 }
4435 break;
4436
4437 default:
4438 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4439 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4440 break;
4441 }
4442 }
4443
4444 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4445
4446 static void
4447 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4448 {
4449 int any_deleted
4450 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4451 int any_added
4452 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4453
4454 if (!is_catchpoint)
4455 {
4456 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4457 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4458 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4459 else
4460 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4461 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4462 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4463 }
4464
4465 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4466 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4467 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4468
4469 if (any_deleted)
4470 {
4471 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4472 char *name;
4473 int ix;
4474
4475 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4476 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4477 "removed");
4478 for (ix = 0;
4479 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4480 ix, name);
4481 ++ix)
4482 {
4483 if (ix > 0)
4484 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4485 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4486 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4487 }
4488
4489 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4490 }
4491
4492 if (any_added)
4493 {
4494 struct so_list *iter;
4495 int ix;
4496 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4497
4498 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4499 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4500 "added");
4501 for (ix = 0;
4502 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4503 ix, iter);
4504 ++ix)
4505 {
4506 if (ix > 0)
4507 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4508 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4509 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4510 }
4511
4512 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4513 }
4514 }
4515
4516 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4517 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4518 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4519 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4520 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4521 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4522 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4523 routine is one of:
4524
4525 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4526 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4527 code to print the location. An example is
4528 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4529 the location.
4530 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4531 to also print the location part of the message.
4532 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4533 don't require a location appended to the end.
4534 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4535 further info to be printed. */
4536
4537 enum print_stop_action
4538 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4539 {
4540 int val;
4541
4542 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4543 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4544 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4545 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4546 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4547 {
4548 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4549 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4550 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4551 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4552 return val;
4553 }
4554
4555 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4556 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4557 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4558 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4559 {
4560 print_solib_event (0);
4561 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4562 }
4563
4564 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4565 with and nothing was printed. */
4566 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4567 }
4568
4569 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4570 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4571 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4572 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4573
4574 static int
4575 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4576 {
4577 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4578 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4579
4580 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4581 return i;
4582 }
4583
4584 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4585
4586 static bpstat
4587 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4588 {
4589 bpstat bs;
4590
4591 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4592 bs->next = NULL;
4593 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4594 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4595 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4596 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4597 incref_bp_location (bl);
4598 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4599 bs->commands = NULL;
4600 bs->old_val = NULL;
4601 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4602 return bs;
4603 }
4604 \f
4605 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4606 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4607
4608 int
4609 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4610 {
4611 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4612 CORE_ADDR addr;
4613 struct breakpoint *b;
4614
4615 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4616 {
4617 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4618 as not triggered. */
4619 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4620 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4621 {
4622 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4623
4624 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4625 }
4626
4627 return 0;
4628 }
4629
4630 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4631 {
4632 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4633 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4634 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4635 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4636 {
4637 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4638
4639 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4640 }
4641
4642 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4643 }
4644
4645 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4646 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4647 triggered. */
4648
4649 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4650 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4651 {
4652 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4653 struct bp_location *loc;
4654
4655 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4656 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4657 {
4658 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4659 {
4660 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4661 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4662
4663 if (newaddr == start)
4664 {
4665 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4666 break;
4667 }
4668 }
4669 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4670 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4671 addr, loc->address,
4672 loc->length))
4673 {
4674 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4675 break;
4676 }
4677 }
4678 }
4679
4680 return 1;
4681 }
4682
4683 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4684 because of check_errors). */
4685 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4686 #define WP_DELETED 1
4687 /* The value has changed. */
4688 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4689 /* The value has not changed. */
4690 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4691 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4692 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4693
4694 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4695 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4696
4697 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4698 changed.
4699
4700 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4701 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4702
4703 static int
4704 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4705 {
4706 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4707 struct watchpoint *b;
4708 struct frame_info *fr;
4709 int within_current_scope;
4710
4711 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4712 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4713 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4714
4715 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4716 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4717 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4718 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4719 return WP_IGNORE;
4720
4721 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4722 within_current_scope = 1;
4723 else
4724 {
4725 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4726 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4727 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4728
4729 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4730 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4731 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4732 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4733 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4734 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4735 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4736 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4737 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4738 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4739 return WP_IGNORE;
4740
4741 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4742 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4743
4744 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4745 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4746 if (within_current_scope)
4747 {
4748 struct symbol *function;
4749
4750 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4751 if (function == NULL
4752 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4753 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4754 within_current_scope = 0;
4755 }
4756
4757 if (within_current_scope)
4758 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4759 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4760 the user. */
4761 select_frame (fr);
4762 }
4763
4764 if (within_current_scope)
4765 {
4766 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4767 time before we return to the command level and call
4768 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4769 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4770
4771 int pc = 0;
4772 struct value *mark;
4773 struct value *new_val;
4774
4775 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4776 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4777 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4778 a mask watchpoint. */
4779 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4780
4781 mark = value_mark ();
4782 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4783
4784 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4785 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4786 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4787 not what we want. */
4788 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4789 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4790 {
4791 if (new_val != NULL)
4792 {
4793 release_value (new_val);
4794 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4795 }
4796 bs->old_val = b->val;
4797 b->val = new_val;
4798 b->val_valid = 1;
4799 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4800 }
4801 else
4802 {
4803 /* Nothing changed. */
4804 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4805 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4806 }
4807 }
4808 else
4809 {
4810 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4811
4812 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4813 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4814 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4815 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4816 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4817 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4818 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4819 the first value assigned). */
4820 /* We print all the stop information in
4821 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4822 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4823 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4824 here. */
4825 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4826 ui_out_field_string
4827 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4828 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4829 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4830 ui_out_text (uiout,
4831 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4832 which its expression is valid.\n");
4833
4834 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4835 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4836 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4837
4838 return WP_DELETED;
4839 }
4840 }
4841
4842 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4843 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4844 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4845
4846 static int
4847 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4848 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4849 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4850 {
4851 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4852
4853 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4854 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4855
4856 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4857 }
4858
4859 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4860 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4861
4862 static void
4863 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4864 {
4865 const struct bp_location *bl;
4866 struct watchpoint *b;
4867
4868 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4869 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4870 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4871 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4872 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4873
4874 {
4875 int must_check_value = 0;
4876
4877 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4878 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4879 watched value. */
4880 must_check_value = 1;
4881 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4882 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4883 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4884 this watchpoint. */
4885 must_check_value = 1;
4886 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4887 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4888 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4889 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4890 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4891 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4892 must_check_value = 1;
4893
4894 if (must_check_value)
4895 {
4896 char *message
4897 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4898 b->base.number);
4899 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4900 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4901 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4902 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4903 switch (e)
4904 {
4905 case WP_DELETED:
4906 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4907 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4908 /* Stop. */
4909 break;
4910 case WP_IGNORE:
4911 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4912 bs->stop = 0;
4913 break;
4914 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4915 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4916 {
4917 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4918
4919 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4920 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4921 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4922 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4923 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4924 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4925 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4926 old value.
4927
4928 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4929 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4930 happen:
4931
4932 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4933 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4934 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4935 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4936
4937 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4938 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4939 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4940 watchpoint.
4941
4942 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4943 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4944 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4945 changes. This still gives false positives when
4946 the program writes the same value to memory as
4947 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4948 it for a read), but it's much better than
4949 nothing. */
4950
4951 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4952
4953 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4954 {
4955 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4956
4957 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4958 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4959 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4960 {
4961 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4962 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4963
4964 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4965 == watch_triggered_yes)
4966 {
4967 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4968 break;
4969 }
4970 }
4971 }
4972
4973 if (other_write_watchpoint
4974 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4975 {
4976 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4977 and the value changed since the last time we
4978 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4979 Ignore it. */
4980 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4981 bs->stop = 0;
4982 }
4983 }
4984 break;
4985 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4986 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4987 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4988 {
4989 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4990 the value hasn't changed. */
4991 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4992 bs->stop = 0;
4993 }
4994 /* Stop. */
4995 break;
4996 default:
4997 /* Can't happen. */
4998 case 0:
4999 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5000 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5001 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5002 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5003 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5004 break;
5005 }
5006 }
5007 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5008 {
5009 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5010 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5011 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5012 anything for this watchpoint. */
5013 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5014 bs->stop = 0;
5015 }
5016 }
5017 }
5018
5019
5020 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5021 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5022 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5023
5024 static void
5025 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5026 {
5027 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5028 const struct bp_location *bl;
5029 struct breakpoint *b;
5030
5031 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5032 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5033 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5034 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5035 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5036
5037 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5038 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5039 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5040
5041 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5042 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5043 bs->stop = 0;
5044 else if (bs->stop)
5045 {
5046 int value_is_zero = 0;
5047 struct expression *cond;
5048
5049 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5050 method implemented. */
5051 if (b->py_bp_object)
5052 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5053
5054 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5055 {
5056 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5057
5058 cond = w->cond_exp;
5059 }
5060 else
5061 cond = bl->cond;
5062
5063 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5064 {
5065 int within_current_scope = 1;
5066 struct watchpoint * w;
5067
5068 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5069 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5070 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5071 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5072 function call. */
5073 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5074
5075 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5076 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5077 else
5078 w = NULL;
5079
5080 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5081 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5082 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5083 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5084 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5085 call site. */
5086 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5087 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5088 else
5089 {
5090 struct frame_info *frame;
5091
5092 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5093 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5094 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5095 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5096 really matter which instantiation of the function
5097 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5098 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5099 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5100 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5101 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5102 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5103 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5104 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5105 intuitive. */
5106 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5107 if (frame != NULL)
5108 select_frame (frame);
5109 else
5110 within_current_scope = 0;
5111 }
5112 if (within_current_scope)
5113 value_is_zero
5114 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5115 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5116 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5117 else
5118 {
5119 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5120 "in the current scope"));
5121 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5122 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5123 value_is_zero = 0;
5124 }
5125 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5126 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5127 }
5128
5129 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5130 {
5131 bs->stop = 0;
5132 }
5133 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5134 {
5135 bs->stop = 0;
5136 }
5137 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5138 {
5139 b->ignore_count--;
5140 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
5141 bs->stop = 0;
5142 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5143 ++(b->hit_count);
5144 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5145 }
5146 }
5147 }
5148
5149
5150 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5151 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5152
5153 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5154 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5155 that:
5156
5157 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5158
5159 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5160
5161 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5162 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5163 several reasons concurrently.)
5164
5165 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5166 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5167
5168 bpstat
5169 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5170 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5171 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5172 {
5173 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5174 struct bp_location *bl;
5175 struct bp_location *loc;
5176 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5177 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5178 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5179 bpstat bs;
5180 int ix;
5181 int need_remove_insert;
5182 int removed_any;
5183
5184 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5185 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5186 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5187 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5188 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5189 inferior function calls. */
5190
5191 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5192 {
5193 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5194 continue;
5195
5196 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5197 {
5198 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5199 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5200 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5201 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5202 checked all locations already. */
5203 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5204 break;
5205
5206 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5207 continue;
5208
5209 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5210 continue;
5211
5212 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5213 matches. */
5214
5215 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5216 explain stop. */
5217
5218 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5219 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5220 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5221 bs->stop = 1;
5222 bs->print = 1;
5223
5224 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5225 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5226 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5227 iteration. */
5228 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5229 {
5230 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5231
5232 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5233 }
5234 }
5235 }
5236
5237 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5238 {
5239 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5240 {
5241 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5242 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5243 bs->stop = 0;
5244 bs->print = 0;
5245 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5246 }
5247 }
5248
5249 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5250 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5251 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5252 "catch unload". */
5253 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5254 {
5255 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5256 {
5257 handle_solib_event ();
5258 break;
5259 }
5260 }
5261
5262 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5263 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5264 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5265
5266 removed_any = 0;
5267
5268 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5269 {
5270 if (!bs->stop)
5271 continue;
5272
5273 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5274 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5275 if (bs->stop)
5276 {
5277 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5278
5279 if (bs->stop)
5280 {
5281 ++(b->hit_count);
5282 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5283
5284 /* We will stop here. */
5285 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5286 {
5287 --(b->enable_count);
5288 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5289 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5290 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5291 removed_any = 1;
5292 }
5293 if (b->silent)
5294 bs->print = 0;
5295 bs->commands = b->commands;
5296 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5297 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5298 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5299 bs->print = 0;
5300 }
5301
5302 }
5303
5304 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5305 print. */
5306 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5307 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5308 }
5309
5310 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5311 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5312 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5313 done later. */
5314 need_remove_insert = 0;
5315 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5316 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5317 if (!bs->stop
5318 && bs->breakpoint_at
5319 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5320 {
5321 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5322
5323 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5324 need_remove_insert = 1;
5325 }
5326
5327 if (need_remove_insert)
5328 update_global_location_list (1);
5329 else if (removed_any)
5330 update_global_location_list (0);
5331
5332 return bs_head;
5333 }
5334
5335 static void
5336 handle_jit_event (void)
5337 {
5338 struct frame_info *frame;
5339 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5340
5341 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5342 breakpoint_re_set. */
5343 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5344
5345 frame = get_current_frame ();
5346 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5347
5348 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5349
5350 target_terminal_inferior ();
5351 }
5352
5353 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5354
5355 void
5356 handle_solib_event (void)
5357 {
5358 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5359
5360 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5361 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5362 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5363 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5364 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
5365 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5366 #else
5367 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5368 #endif
5369 target_terminal_inferior ();
5370 }
5371
5372 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5373
5374 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5375
5376 struct bpstat_what
5377 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5378 {
5379 struct bpstat_what retval;
5380 int jit_event = 0;
5381 bpstat bs;
5382
5383 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5384 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5385 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5386
5387 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5388 {
5389 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5390 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5391 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5392 enum bptype bptype;
5393
5394 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5395 {
5396 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5397 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5398 bptype = bp_none;
5399 }
5400 else
5401 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5402
5403 switch (bptype)
5404 {
5405 case bp_none:
5406 break;
5407 case bp_breakpoint:
5408 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5409 case bp_until:
5410 case bp_finish:
5411 case bp_shlib_event:
5412 if (bs->stop)
5413 {
5414 if (bs->print)
5415 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5416 else
5417 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5418 }
5419 else
5420 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5421 break;
5422 case bp_watchpoint:
5423 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5424 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5425 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5426 if (bs->stop)
5427 {
5428 if (bs->print)
5429 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5430 else
5431 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5432 }
5433 else
5434 {
5435 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5436 This requires no further action. */
5437 }
5438 break;
5439 case bp_longjmp:
5440 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5441 case bp_exception:
5442 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5443 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5444 break;
5445 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5446 case bp_exception_resume:
5447 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5448 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5449 break;
5450 case bp_step_resume:
5451 if (bs->stop)
5452 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5453 else
5454 {
5455 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5456 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5457 }
5458 break;
5459 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5460 if (bs->stop)
5461 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5462 else
5463 {
5464 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5465 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5466 }
5467 break;
5468 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5469 case bp_thread_event:
5470 case bp_overlay_event:
5471 case bp_longjmp_master:
5472 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5473 case bp_exception_master:
5474 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5475 break;
5476 case bp_catchpoint:
5477 if (bs->stop)
5478 {
5479 if (bs->print)
5480 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5481 else
5482 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5483 }
5484 else
5485 {
5486 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5487 This requires no further action. */
5488 }
5489 break;
5490 case bp_jit_event:
5491 jit_event = 1;
5492 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5493 break;
5494 case bp_call_dummy:
5495 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5496 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5497 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5498 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5499 break;
5500 case bp_std_terminate:
5501 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5502 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5503 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5504 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5505 break;
5506 case bp_tracepoint:
5507 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5508 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5509 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5510 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5511 out already. */
5512 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5513 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5514 break;
5515 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5516 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5517 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5518 break;
5519 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5520 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5521 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5522 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5523 break;
5524
5525 case bp_dprintf:
5526 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5527 break;
5528
5529 default:
5530 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5531 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5532 }
5533
5534 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5535 }
5536
5537 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5538 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5539
5540 if (jit_event)
5541 {
5542 if (debug_infrun)
5543 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5544
5545 handle_jit_event ();
5546 }
5547
5548 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5549 {
5550 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5551
5552 if (b == NULL)
5553 continue;
5554 switch (b->type)
5555 {
5556 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5557 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5558 break;
5559 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5560 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5561 break;
5562 }
5563 }
5564
5565 return retval;
5566 }
5567
5568 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5569 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5570 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5571
5572 int
5573 bpstat_should_step (void)
5574 {
5575 struct breakpoint *b;
5576
5577 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5578 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5579 return 1;
5580 return 0;
5581 }
5582
5583 int
5584 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5585 {
5586 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5587 if (bs->stop)
5588 return 1;
5589
5590 return 0;
5591 }
5592
5593 \f
5594
5595 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5596 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5597 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5598
5599 static char *
5600 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5601 {
5602 static char wrap_indent[80];
5603 int i, total_width, width, align;
5604 char *text;
5605
5606 total_width = 0;
5607 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5608 {
5609 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5610 {
5611 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5612 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5613 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5614
5615 return wrap_indent;
5616 }
5617
5618 total_width += width + 1;
5619 }
5620
5621 return NULL;
5622 }
5623
5624 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5625 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5626
5627 "host": Host evals condition.
5628 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5629 "target": Target evals condition.
5630 */
5631
5632 static const char *
5633 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5634 {
5635 struct bp_location *bl;
5636 char host_evals = 0;
5637 char target_evals = 0;
5638
5639 if (!b)
5640 return NULL;
5641
5642 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5643 return NULL;
5644
5645 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5646 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5647 return condition_evaluation_host;
5648
5649 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5650 {
5651 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5652 target_evals++;
5653 else
5654 host_evals++;
5655 }
5656
5657 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5658 return condition_evaluation_both;
5659 else if (target_evals)
5660 return condition_evaluation_target;
5661 else
5662 return condition_evaluation_host;
5663 }
5664
5665 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5666 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5667
5668 static const char *
5669 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5670 {
5671 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5672 return NULL;
5673
5674 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5675 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5676 return condition_evaluation_host;
5677
5678 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5679 return condition_evaluation_target;
5680 else
5681 return condition_evaluation_host;
5682 }
5683
5684 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5685
5686 static void
5687 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5688 struct bp_location *loc)
5689 {
5690 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5691 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5692
5693 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5694 loc = NULL;
5695
5696 if (loc != NULL)
5697 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5698
5699 if (b->display_canonical)
5700 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5701 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
5702 {
5703 struct symbol *sym
5704 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5705 if (sym)
5706 {
5707 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5708 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5709 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5710 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5711 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5712 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5713 }
5714 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
5715 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5716
5717 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5718 {
5719 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
5720 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
5721
5722 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
5723 }
5724
5725 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5726 }
5727 else if (loc)
5728 {
5729 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5730 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5731
5732 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5733 demangle, "");
5734 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5735
5736 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5737 }
5738 else
5739 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5740
5741 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5742 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5743 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5744 {
5745 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5746 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5747 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5748 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5749 }
5750
5751 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5752 }
5753
5754 static const char *
5755 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5756 {
5757 struct ep_type_description
5758 {
5759 enum bptype type;
5760 char *description;
5761 };
5762 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5763 {
5764 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5765 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5766 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5767 {bp_until, "until"},
5768 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5769 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5770 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5771 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5772 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5773 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5774 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5775 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5776 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5777 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5778 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5779 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5780 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5781 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5782 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5783 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5784 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5785 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5786 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5787 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5788 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5789 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5790 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5791 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5792 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5793 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5794 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5795 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5796 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5797 };
5798
5799 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5800 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5801 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5802 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5803 (int) type);
5804
5805 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5806 }
5807
5808 DEF_VEC_I(int);
5809
5810 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5811 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5812
5813 static void
5814 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5815 const char *field_name,
5816 VEC(int) *inf_num,
5817 int mi_only)
5818 {
5819 struct cleanup *back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout,
5820 field_name);
5821 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
5822 int inf;
5823 int i;
5824
5825 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5826 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5827 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5828 return;
5829
5830 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
5831 {
5832 if (is_mi)
5833 {
5834 char mi_group[10];
5835
5836 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
5837 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
5838 }
5839 else
5840 {
5841 if (i == 0)
5842 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5843 else
5844 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5845
5846 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
5847 }
5848 }
5849
5850 do_cleanups (back_to);
5851 }
5852
5853 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5854
5855 static void
5856 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5857 struct bp_location *loc,
5858 int loc_number,
5859 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5860 int allflag)
5861 {
5862 struct command_line *l;
5863 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5864
5865 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5866 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5867 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5868 struct value_print_options opts;
5869
5870 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5871
5872 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5873 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5874 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5875 if (loc == NULL
5876 && (b->loc != NULL
5877 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5878 header_of_multiple = 1;
5879 if (loc == NULL)
5880 loc = b->loc;
5881
5882 annotate_record ();
5883
5884 /* 1 */
5885 annotate_field (0);
5886 if (part_of_multiple)
5887 {
5888 char *formatted;
5889 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5890 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5891 xfree (formatted);
5892 }
5893 else
5894 {
5895 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5896 }
5897
5898 /* 2 */
5899 annotate_field (1);
5900 if (part_of_multiple)
5901 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5902 else
5903 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5904
5905 /* 3 */
5906 annotate_field (2);
5907 if (part_of_multiple)
5908 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5909 else
5910 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5911
5912
5913 /* 4 */
5914 annotate_field (3);
5915 if (part_of_multiple)
5916 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5917 else
5918 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5919 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5920 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5921
5922
5923 /* 5 and 6 */
5924 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5925 {
5926 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5927 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5928 make sure there's just one location. */
5929 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5930 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5931 }
5932 else
5933 switch (b->type)
5934 {
5935 case bp_none:
5936 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5937 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5938 break;
5939
5940 case bp_watchpoint:
5941 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5942 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5943 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5944 {
5945 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5946
5947 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5948 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5949 is relatively readable). */
5950 if (opts.addressprint)
5951 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5952 annotate_field (5);
5953 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5954 }
5955 break;
5956
5957 case bp_breakpoint:
5958 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5959 case bp_until:
5960 case bp_finish:
5961 case bp_longjmp:
5962 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5963 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5964 case bp_exception:
5965 case bp_exception_resume:
5966 case bp_step_resume:
5967 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5968 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5969 case bp_call_dummy:
5970 case bp_std_terminate:
5971 case bp_shlib_event:
5972 case bp_thread_event:
5973 case bp_overlay_event:
5974 case bp_longjmp_master:
5975 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5976 case bp_exception_master:
5977 case bp_tracepoint:
5978 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5979 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5980 case bp_dprintf:
5981 case bp_jit_event:
5982 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5983 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5984 if (opts.addressprint)
5985 {
5986 annotate_field (4);
5987 if (header_of_multiple)
5988 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5989 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5990 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5991 else
5992 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5993 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5994 }
5995 annotate_field (5);
5996 if (!header_of_multiple)
5997 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5998 if (b->loc)
5999 *last_loc = b->loc;
6000 break;
6001 }
6002
6003
6004 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6005 {
6006 struct inferior *inf;
6007 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6008 int mi_only = 1;
6009
6010 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6011 {
6012 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6013 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6014 }
6015
6016 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6017 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6018 if (allflag
6019 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6020 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6021 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6022 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6023 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6024 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6025 mi_only = 0;
6026 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6027 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6028 }
6029
6030 if (!part_of_multiple)
6031 {
6032 if (b->thread != -1)
6033 {
6034 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6035 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6036 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6037 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6038 }
6039 else if (b->task != 0)
6040 {
6041 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6042 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6043 }
6044 }
6045
6046 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6047
6048 if (!part_of_multiple)
6049 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6050
6051 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6052 {
6053 annotate_field (6);
6054 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6055 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6056 the frame ID. */
6057 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6058 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6059 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6060 }
6061
6062 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6063 {
6064 annotate_field (7);
6065 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6066 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6067 else
6068 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6069 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6070
6071 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6072 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6073 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6074 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6075 == condition_evaluation_target)
6076 {
6077 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6078 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6079 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6080 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6081 }
6082 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6083 }
6084
6085 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6086 {
6087 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6088 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6089 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6090 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6091 }
6092
6093 if (!part_of_multiple)
6094 {
6095 if (b->hit_count)
6096 {
6097 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6098 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6099 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6100 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6101 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6102 else
6103 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6104 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6105 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6106 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6107 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6108 else
6109 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6110 }
6111 else
6112 {
6113 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6114 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6115 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6116 }
6117 }
6118
6119 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6120 {
6121 annotate_field (8);
6122 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6123 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6124 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6125 }
6126
6127 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6128 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6129 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6130 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6131 {
6132 annotate_field (8);
6133 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6134 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6135 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6136 if (b->ignore_count)
6137 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6138 else
6139 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6140 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6141 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6142 }
6143
6144 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6145 {
6146 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6147
6148 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6149 {
6150 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6151 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6152 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6153 }
6154 }
6155
6156 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6157 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6158 {
6159 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6160
6161 annotate_field (9);
6162 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6163 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6164 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6165 }
6166
6167 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6168 {
6169 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6170
6171 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6172 {
6173 annotate_field (10);
6174 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6175 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6176 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6177 }
6178
6179 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6180 pending. */
6181 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6182 {
6183 annotate_field (11);
6184
6185 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6186 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6187 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6188 else
6189 {
6190 if (loc->inserted)
6191 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6192 else
6193 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6194 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6195 }
6196 }
6197 }
6198
6199 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6200 {
6201 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6202 {
6203 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6204
6205 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6206 }
6207 else if (b->addr_string)
6208 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6209 }
6210 }
6211
6212 static void
6213 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6214 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6215 int allflag)
6216 {
6217 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6218 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6219
6220 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6221
6222 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6223 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6224
6225 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6226 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6227 locations, if any. */
6228 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6229 {
6230 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6231 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6232 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6233 situation.
6234
6235 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6236 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6237 if (b->loc
6238 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6239 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6240 {
6241 struct bp_location *loc;
6242 int n = 1;
6243
6244 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6245 {
6246 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6247 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6248 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6249 do_cleanups (inner2);
6250 }
6251 }
6252 }
6253 }
6254
6255 static int
6256 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6257 {
6258 int print_address_bits = 0;
6259 struct bp_location *loc;
6260
6261 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6262 {
6263 int addr_bit;
6264
6265 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6266 an address to print. */
6267 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6268 continue;
6269
6270 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6271 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6272 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6273 }
6274
6275 return print_address_bits;
6276 }
6277
6278 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6279 {
6280 int bnum;
6281 };
6282
6283 static int
6284 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6285 {
6286 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6287 struct breakpoint *b;
6288 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6289
6290 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6291 {
6292 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6293 {
6294 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6295 return GDB_RC_OK;
6296 }
6297 }
6298 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6299 }
6300
6301 enum gdb_rc
6302 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6303 char **error_message)
6304 {
6305 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6306
6307 args.bnum = bnum;
6308 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6309 an error. */
6310 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6311 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6312 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6313 else
6314 return GDB_RC_OK;
6315 }
6316
6317 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6318 internal or momentary. */
6319
6320 int
6321 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6322 {
6323 return b->number > 0;
6324 }
6325
6326 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6327 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6328 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6329 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6330 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6331 breakpoints listed. */
6332
6333 static int
6334 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6335 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6336 {
6337 struct breakpoint *b;
6338 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6339 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6340 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6341 struct value_print_options opts;
6342 int print_address_bits = 0;
6343 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6344 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6345
6346 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6347
6348 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6349 required for address fields. */
6350 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6351 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6352 {
6353 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6354 if (filter && !filter (b))
6355 continue;
6356
6357 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6358 accept. Skip the others. */
6359 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6360 {
6361 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6362 continue;
6363 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6364 continue;
6365 }
6366
6367 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6368 {
6369 int addr_bit, type_len;
6370
6371 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6372 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6373 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6374
6375 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6376 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6377 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6378
6379 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6380 }
6381 }
6382
6383 if (opts.addressprint)
6384 bkpttbl_chain
6385 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6386 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6387 "BreakpointTable");
6388 else
6389 bkpttbl_chain
6390 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6391 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6392 "BreakpointTable");
6393
6394 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6395 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6396 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6397 annotate_field (0);
6398 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6399 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6400 annotate_field (1);
6401 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6402 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6403 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6404 annotate_field (2);
6405 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6406 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6407 annotate_field (3);
6408 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6409 if (opts.addressprint)
6410 {
6411 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6412 annotate_field (4);
6413 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6414 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6415 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6416 else
6417 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6418 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6419 }
6420 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6421 annotate_field (5);
6422 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6423 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6424 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6425 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6426
6427 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6428 {
6429 QUIT;
6430 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6431 if (filter && !filter (b))
6432 continue;
6433
6434 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6435 accept. Skip the others. */
6436
6437 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6438 {
6439 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6440 {
6441 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6442 continue;
6443 }
6444 else /* all others */
6445 {
6446 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6447 continue;
6448 }
6449 }
6450 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6451 allflag is set. */
6452 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6453 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6454 }
6455
6456 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6457
6458 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6459 {
6460 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6461 empty list. */
6462 if (!filter)
6463 {
6464 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6465 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6466 else
6467 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6468 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6469 args);
6470 }
6471 }
6472 else
6473 {
6474 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6475 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6476 }
6477
6478 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6479 there have been breakpoints? */
6480 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6481
6482 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6483 }
6484
6485 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6486 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6487
6488 static void
6489 default_collect_info (void)
6490 {
6491 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6492
6493 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6494 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6495 not wanted. */
6496 if (!*default_collect)
6497 return;
6498
6499 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6500 actions. */
6501 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6502 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6503 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6504 }
6505
6506 static void
6507 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6508 {
6509 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6510
6511 default_collect_info ();
6512 }
6513
6514 static void
6515 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6516 {
6517 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6518 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6519
6520 if (num_printed == 0)
6521 {
6522 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6523 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6524 else
6525 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6526 }
6527 }
6528
6529 static void
6530 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6531 {
6532 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6533
6534 default_collect_info ();
6535 }
6536
6537 static int
6538 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6539 struct program_space *pspace,
6540 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6541 {
6542 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6543
6544 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6545 {
6546 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6547 && bl->address == pc
6548 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6549 return 1;
6550 }
6551 return 0;
6552 }
6553
6554 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6555 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6556 address spaces. */
6557
6558 static void
6559 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6560 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6561 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6562 {
6563 int others = 0;
6564 struct breakpoint *b;
6565
6566 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6567 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6568 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6569 if (others > 0)
6570 {
6571 if (others == 1)
6572 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6573 else /* if (others == ???) */
6574 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6575 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6576 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6577 {
6578 others--;
6579 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6580 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6581 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6582 else if (b->thread != -1)
6583 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6584 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6585 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6586 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6587 ? " (disabled)"
6588 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6589 ? " (permanent)"
6590 : ""),
6591 (others > 1) ? ","
6592 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6593 }
6594 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6595 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6596 printf_filtered (".\n");
6597 }
6598 }
6599 \f
6600
6601 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6602 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6603 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6604 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6605
6606 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6607 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6608 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6609 breakpoint at address zero:
6610
6611 bp_watchpoint
6612 bp_catchpoint
6613
6614 */
6615
6616 static int
6617 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6618 {
6619 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6620
6621 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6622 }
6623
6624 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6625 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6626
6627 static int
6628 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6629 struct bp_location *loc2)
6630 {
6631 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6632 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6633
6634 /* Both of them must exist. */
6635 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6636 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6637
6638 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6639 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6640 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6641 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6642 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6643 other watchpoint. */
6644 if ((w1->cond_exp
6645 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6646 loc1->length,
6647 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6648 w1->cond_exp))
6649 || (w2->cond_exp
6650 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6651 loc2->length,
6652 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6653 w2->cond_exp)))
6654 return 0;
6655
6656 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6657 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6658 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6659 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6660 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6661 become hw_access locations later. */
6662 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6663 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6664 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6665 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6666 }
6667
6668 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6669 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6670 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6671 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6672
6673 static int
6674 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6675 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6676 {
6677 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6678 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6679 && addr1 == addr2);
6680 }
6681
6682 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6683 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6684 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6685 space doesn't really matter. */
6686
6687 static int
6688 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6689 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6690 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6691 {
6692 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6693 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6694 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6695 }
6696
6697 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6698 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6699 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6700 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6701
6702 static int
6703 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6704 struct address_space *aspace,
6705 CORE_ADDR addr)
6706 {
6707 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6708 aspace, addr)
6709 || (bl->length
6710 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6711 bl->address, bl->length,
6712 aspace, addr)));
6713 }
6714
6715 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6716 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6717 true, otherwise returns false. */
6718
6719 static int
6720 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6721 struct bp_location *loc2)
6722 {
6723 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6724 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6725 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6726 different locations. */
6727 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6728 else
6729 return 0;
6730 }
6731
6732 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6733 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6734 represent the same location. */
6735
6736 static int
6737 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6738 struct bp_location *loc2)
6739 {
6740 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6741
6742 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6743 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6744 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6745
6746 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6747 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6748
6749 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6750 return 0;
6751 else if (hw_point1)
6752 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6753 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6754 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6755 else
6756 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6757 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6758 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6759 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6760 }
6761
6762 static void
6763 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6764 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6765 {
6766 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6767 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6768 char astr1[64];
6769 char astr2[64];
6770
6771 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6772 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6773 if (have_bnum)
6774 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6775 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6776 else
6777 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6778 }
6779
6780 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6781 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6782 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6783 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6784
6785 static CORE_ADDR
6786 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6787 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6788 {
6789 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6790 {
6791 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6792 return bpaddr;
6793 }
6794 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6795 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6796 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6797 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6798 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6799 {
6800 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6801 have their addresses modified. */
6802 return bpaddr;
6803 }
6804 else
6805 {
6806 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6807
6808 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6809 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6810 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6811
6812 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6813 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6814 is required. */
6815 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6816 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6817
6818 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6819 }
6820 }
6821
6822 void
6823 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6824 struct breakpoint *owner)
6825 {
6826 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6827
6828 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6829
6830 loc->ops = ops;
6831 loc->owner = owner;
6832 loc->cond = NULL;
6833 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6834 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6835 loc->enabled = 1;
6836
6837 switch (owner->type)
6838 {
6839 case bp_breakpoint:
6840 case bp_until:
6841 case bp_finish:
6842 case bp_longjmp:
6843 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6844 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6845 case bp_exception:
6846 case bp_exception_resume:
6847 case bp_step_resume:
6848 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6849 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6850 case bp_call_dummy:
6851 case bp_std_terminate:
6852 case bp_shlib_event:
6853 case bp_thread_event:
6854 case bp_overlay_event:
6855 case bp_jit_event:
6856 case bp_longjmp_master:
6857 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6858 case bp_exception_master:
6859 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6860 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6861 case bp_dprintf:
6862 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6863 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6864 break;
6865 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6866 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6867 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6868 break;
6869 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6870 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6871 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6872 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6873 break;
6874 case bp_watchpoint:
6875 case bp_catchpoint:
6876 case bp_tracepoint:
6877 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6878 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6879 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6880 break;
6881 default:
6882 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6883 }
6884
6885 loc->refc = 1;
6886 }
6887
6888 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6889
6890 static struct bp_location *
6891 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6892 {
6893 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6894 }
6895
6896 static void
6897 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6898 {
6899 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6900 xfree (loc);
6901 }
6902
6903 /* Increment reference count. */
6904
6905 static void
6906 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6907 {
6908 ++bl->refc;
6909 }
6910
6911 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6912 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6913
6914 static void
6915 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6916 {
6917 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6918
6919 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6920 free_bp_location (*blp);
6921 *blp = NULL;
6922 }
6923
6924 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6925
6926 static void
6927 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6928 {
6929 struct breakpoint *b1;
6930
6931 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6932 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6933
6934 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6935 if (b1 == 0)
6936 breakpoint_chain = b;
6937 else
6938 {
6939 while (b1->next)
6940 b1 = b1->next;
6941 b1->next = b;
6942 }
6943 }
6944
6945 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6946
6947 static void
6948 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6949 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6950 enum bptype bptype,
6951 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6952 {
6953 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6954
6955 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6956
6957 b->ops = ops;
6958 b->type = bptype;
6959 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6960 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6961 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6962 b->thread = -1;
6963 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6964 b->next = 0;
6965 b->silent = 0;
6966 b->ignore_count = 0;
6967 b->commands = NULL;
6968 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6969 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6970 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6971 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6972 }
6973
6974 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6975 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6976
6977 static struct breakpoint *
6978 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6979 enum bptype bptype,
6980 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6981 {
6982 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6983
6984 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6985 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6986 return b;
6987 }
6988
6989 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6990 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6991 enough. */
6992
6993 static void
6994 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6995 {
6996 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6997
6998 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6999 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7000 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7001 {
7002 int is_gnu_ifunc;
7003 const char *function_name;
7004 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7005
7006 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7007 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7008
7009 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7010 {
7011 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7012
7013 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7014 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7015 &loc->requested_address))
7016 {
7017 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7018 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7019 loc->requested_address,
7020 b->type);
7021 }
7022 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7023 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7024 {
7025 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7026 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7027 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7028 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7029 breakpoint. */
7030 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7031 }
7032 }
7033
7034 if (function_name)
7035 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7036 }
7037 }
7038
7039 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7040 struct gdbarch *
7041 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7042 {
7043 if (sal.section)
7044 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7045 if (sal.symtab)
7046 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7047
7048 return NULL;
7049 }
7050
7051 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7052 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7053 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7054
7055 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7056 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7057 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7058
7059 static void
7060 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7061 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7062 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7063 {
7064 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7065
7066 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7067
7068 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7069 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7070
7071 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7072 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7073 program space. */
7074 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7075 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7076
7077 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
7078 }
7079
7080 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7081 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7082 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7083 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7084 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7085 is also returned as the value of this function.
7086
7087 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7088 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7089 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7090 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7091 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7092 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7093 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7094
7095 struct breakpoint *
7096 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7097 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7098 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7099 {
7100 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7101
7102 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7103 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7104 return b;
7105 }
7106
7107
7108 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7109 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7110 void
7111 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7112 {
7113 struct bp_location *bl;
7114
7115 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7116
7117 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7118 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7119 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7120 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7121 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7122 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7123 bl->inserted = 1;
7124 }
7125
7126 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7127 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7128 initiated the operation. */
7129
7130 void
7131 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7132 {
7133 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7134 int thread = tp->num;
7135
7136 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7137 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7138 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7139 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7140 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7141 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7142 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7143 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7144 {
7145 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7146 struct breakpoint *clone;
7147
7148 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7149 after their removal. */
7150 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7151 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7152 clone->thread = thread;
7153 }
7154
7155 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7156 }
7157
7158 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7159 void
7160 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7161 {
7162 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7163
7164 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7165 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7166 {
7167 if (b->thread == thread)
7168 delete_breakpoint (b);
7169 }
7170 }
7171
7172 void
7173 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7174 {
7175 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7176
7177 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7178 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7179 {
7180 if (b->thread == thread)
7181 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7182 }
7183 }
7184
7185 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7186 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7187 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7188 breakpoints. */
7189
7190 struct breakpoint *
7191 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7192 {
7193 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7194
7195 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7196 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7197 {
7198 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7199
7200 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7201 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7202 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7203
7204 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7205
7206 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7207 if (retval == NULL)
7208 retval = new_b;
7209 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7210 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7211 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7212 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7213 }
7214
7215 return retval;
7216 }
7217
7218 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7219 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7220 stack.
7221
7222 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7223 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7224 frames. */
7225
7226 void
7227 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7228 {
7229 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7230
7231 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7232 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7233 {
7234 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7235
7236 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7237 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7238 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7239 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7240 continue;
7241
7242 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7243
7244 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7245 {
7246 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7247 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7248 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7249 }
7250 delete_breakpoint (b);
7251 }
7252 }
7253
7254 void
7255 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7256 {
7257 struct breakpoint *b;
7258
7259 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7260 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7261 {
7262 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7263 update_global_location_list (1);
7264 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7265 }
7266 }
7267
7268 void
7269 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7270 {
7271 struct breakpoint *b;
7272
7273 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7274 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7275 {
7276 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7277 update_global_location_list (0);
7278 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7279 }
7280 }
7281
7282 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7283 master breakpoint. */
7284 void
7285 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7286 {
7287 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7288
7289 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7290 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7291 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7292 {
7293 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7294 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7295 }
7296 }
7297
7298 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7299 void
7300 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7301 {
7302 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7303
7304 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7305 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7306 delete_breakpoint (b);
7307 }
7308
7309 struct breakpoint *
7310 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7311 {
7312 struct breakpoint *b;
7313
7314 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7315 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7316
7317 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7318 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7319 b->addr_string
7320 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7321
7322 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7323
7324 return b;
7325 }
7326
7327 void
7328 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7329 {
7330 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7331
7332 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7333 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7334 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7335 delete_breakpoint (b);
7336 }
7337
7338 struct lang_and_radix
7339 {
7340 enum language lang;
7341 int radix;
7342 };
7343
7344 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7345
7346 struct breakpoint *
7347 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7348 {
7349 struct breakpoint *b;
7350
7351 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7352 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7353 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7354 return b;
7355 }
7356
7357 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7358
7359 void
7360 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7361 {
7362 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7363
7364 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7365 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7366 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7367 delete_breakpoint (b);
7368 }
7369
7370 void
7371 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7372 {
7373 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7374
7375 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7376 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7377 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7378 delete_breakpoint (b);
7379 }
7380
7381 struct breakpoint *
7382 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7383 {
7384 struct breakpoint *b;
7385
7386 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7387 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7388 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7389 return b;
7390 }
7391
7392 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7393 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7394
7395 void
7396 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7397 {
7398 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7399
7400 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7401 {
7402 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7403 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7404
7405 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7406 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7407 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7408 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7409 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7410 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7411 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7412 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7413 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7414 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7415 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7416 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
7417 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
7418 #else
7419 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7420 #endif
7421 )
7422 {
7423 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7424 }
7425 }
7426 }
7427
7428 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7429 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7430 disabled. */
7431
7432 static void
7433 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7434 {
7435 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7436 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7437
7438 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7439 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7440 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7441 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7442 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7443 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7444 return;
7445
7446 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7447 {
7448 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7449 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7450
7451 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7452 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7453 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7454 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7455 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7456 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7457 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7458 || is_tracepoint (b))
7459 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7460 {
7461 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7462 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7463 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7464 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7465 loc->inserted = 0;
7466
7467 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7468 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7469
7470 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7471 {
7472 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7473 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7474 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7475 solib->so_name);
7476 }
7477 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7478 }
7479 }
7480 }
7481
7482 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7483
7484 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7485 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7486 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7487 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7488 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7489
7490 struct fork_catchpoint
7491 {
7492 /* The base class. */
7493 struct breakpoint base;
7494
7495 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7496 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7497 catchpoint has triggered. */
7498 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7499 };
7500
7501 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7502 catchpoints. */
7503
7504 static int
7505 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7506 {
7507 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7508 }
7509
7510 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7511 catchpoints. */
7512
7513 static int
7514 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7515 {
7516 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7517 }
7518
7519 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7520 catchpoints. */
7521
7522 static int
7523 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7524 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7525 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7526 {
7527 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7528
7529 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7530 return 0;
7531
7532 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7533 return 1;
7534 }
7535
7536 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7537 catchpoints. */
7538
7539 static enum print_stop_action
7540 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7541 {
7542 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7543 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7544 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7545
7546 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7547 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7548 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7549 else
7550 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7551 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7552 {
7553 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7554 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7555 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7556 }
7557 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7558 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7559 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7560 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7561 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7562 }
7563
7564 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7565 catchpoints. */
7566
7567 static void
7568 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7569 {
7570 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7571 struct value_print_options opts;
7572 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7573
7574 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7575
7576 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7577 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7578 readable). */
7579 if (opts.addressprint)
7580 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7581 annotate_field (5);
7582 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7583 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7584 {
7585 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7586 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7587 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7588 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7589 }
7590
7591 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7592 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7593 }
7594
7595 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7596 catchpoints. */
7597
7598 static void
7599 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7600 {
7601 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7602 }
7603
7604 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7605 catchpoints. */
7606
7607 static void
7608 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7609 {
7610 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7611 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7612 }
7613
7614 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7615
7616 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7617
7618 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7619 catchpoints. */
7620
7621 static int
7622 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7623 {
7624 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7625 }
7626
7627 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7628 catchpoints. */
7629
7630 static int
7631 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7632 {
7633 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7634 }
7635
7636 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7637 catchpoints. */
7638
7639 static int
7640 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7641 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7642 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7643 {
7644 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7645
7646 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7647 return 0;
7648
7649 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7650 return 1;
7651 }
7652
7653 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7654 catchpoints. */
7655
7656 static enum print_stop_action
7657 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7658 {
7659 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7660 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7661 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7662
7663 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7664 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7665 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7666 else
7667 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7668 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7669 {
7670 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7671 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7672 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7673 }
7674 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7675 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7676 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7677 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7678 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7679 }
7680
7681 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7682 catchpoints. */
7683
7684 static void
7685 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7686 {
7687 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7688 struct value_print_options opts;
7689 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7690
7691 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7692 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7693 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7694 readable). */
7695 if (opts.addressprint)
7696 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7697 annotate_field (5);
7698 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7699 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7700 {
7701 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7702 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7703 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7704 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7705 }
7706
7707 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7708 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7709 }
7710
7711 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7712 catchpoints. */
7713
7714 static void
7715 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7716 {
7717 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7718 }
7719
7720 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7721 catchpoints. */
7722
7723 static void
7724 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7725 {
7726 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7727 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7728 }
7729
7730 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7731
7732 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7733
7734 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7735 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7736 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7737 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7738 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7739
7740 struct solib_catchpoint
7741 {
7742 /* The base class. */
7743 struct breakpoint base;
7744
7745 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7746 unsigned char is_load;
7747
7748 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7749 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7750 char *regex;
7751 regex_t compiled;
7752 };
7753
7754 static void
7755 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7756 {
7757 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7758
7759 if (self->regex)
7760 regfree (&self->compiled);
7761 xfree (self->regex);
7762
7763 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7764 }
7765
7766 static int
7767 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7768 {
7769 return 0;
7770 }
7771
7772 static int
7773 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7774 {
7775 return 0;
7776 }
7777
7778 static int
7779 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7780 struct address_space *aspace,
7781 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7782 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7783 {
7784 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7785 struct breakpoint *other;
7786
7787 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7788 return 1;
7789
7790 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7791 {
7792 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7793
7794 if (other == bl->owner)
7795 continue;
7796
7797 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7798 continue;
7799
7800 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7801 continue;
7802
7803 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7804 {
7805 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7806 return 1;
7807 }
7808 }
7809
7810 return 0;
7811 }
7812
7813 static void
7814 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7815 {
7816 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7817 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7818 int ix;
7819
7820 if (self->is_load)
7821 {
7822 struct so_list *iter;
7823
7824 for (ix = 0;
7825 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7826 ix, iter);
7827 ++ix)
7828 {
7829 if (!self->regex
7830 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7831 return;
7832 }
7833 }
7834 else
7835 {
7836 char *iter;
7837
7838 for (ix = 0;
7839 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7840 ix, iter);
7841 ++ix)
7842 {
7843 if (!self->regex
7844 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7845 return;
7846 }
7847 }
7848
7849 bs->stop = 0;
7850 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7851 }
7852
7853 static enum print_stop_action
7854 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7855 {
7856 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7857 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7858
7859 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7860 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7861 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7862 else
7863 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7864 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7865 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7866 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7867 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7868 print_solib_event (1);
7869 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7870 }
7871
7872 static void
7873 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7874 {
7875 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7876 struct value_print_options opts;
7877 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7878 char *msg;
7879
7880 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7881 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7882 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7883 readable). */
7884 if (opts.addressprint)
7885 {
7886 annotate_field (4);
7887 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7888 }
7889
7890 annotate_field (5);
7891 if (self->is_load)
7892 {
7893 if (self->regex)
7894 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7895 else
7896 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7897 }
7898 else
7899 {
7900 if (self->regex)
7901 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7902 else
7903 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7904 }
7905 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7906 xfree (msg);
7907
7908 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7909 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
7910 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7911 }
7912
7913 static void
7914 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7915 {
7916 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7917
7918 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7919 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7920 }
7921
7922 static void
7923 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7924 {
7925 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7926
7927 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7928 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7929 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7930 if (self->regex)
7931 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7932 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7933 }
7934
7935 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7936
7937 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7938 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7939 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7940 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7941 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7942 created in an enabled state. */
7943
7944 void
7945 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
7946 {
7947 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7948 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7949 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7950
7951 if (!arg)
7952 arg = "";
7953 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7954
7955 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7956 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7957
7958 if (*arg != '\0')
7959 {
7960 int errcode;
7961
7962 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7963 if (errcode != 0)
7964 {
7965 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7966
7967 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7968 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7969 }
7970 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7971 }
7972
7973 c->is_load = is_load;
7974 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
7975 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7976
7977 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7978
7979 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7980 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7981 }
7982
7983 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7984 "catch unload". */
7985
7986 static void
7987 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7988 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7989 {
7990 int tempflag;
7991 const int enabled = 1;
7992
7993 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7994
7995 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
7996 }
7997
7998 static void
7999 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8000 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8001 {
8002 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8003 }
8004
8005 static void
8006 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8007 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8008 {
8009 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8010 }
8011
8012 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8013 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8014 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8015 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8016 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8017
8018 struct syscall_catchpoint
8019 {
8020 /* The base class. */
8021 struct breakpoint base;
8022
8023 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8024 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8025 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8026 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8027 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8028 };
8029
8030 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8031 catchpoints. */
8032
8033 static void
8034 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8035 {
8036 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8037
8038 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8039
8040 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8041 }
8042
8043 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8044
8045 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8046 {
8047 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8048 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8049 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8050
8051 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8052 int any_syscall_count;
8053
8054 /* Count of each system call. */
8055 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8056
8057 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8058 if any catching is necessary. */
8059 int total_syscalls_count;
8060 };
8061
8062 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8063 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8064 {
8065 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8066
8067 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8068 if (inf_data == NULL)
8069 {
8070 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8071 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8072 }
8073
8074 return inf_data;
8075 }
8076
8077 static void
8078 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8079 {
8080 xfree (arg);
8081 }
8082
8083
8084 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8085 catchpoints. */
8086
8087 static int
8088 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8089 {
8090 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8091 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8092 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8093 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8094
8095 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8096 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8097 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8098 else
8099 {
8100 int i, iter;
8101
8102 for (i = 0;
8103 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8104 i++)
8105 {
8106 int elem;
8107
8108 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8109 {
8110 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8111 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8112 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8113 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8114 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8115 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8116 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8117 + vec_addr_offset);
8118 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8119 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8120 }
8121 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8122 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8123 }
8124 }
8125
8126 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8127 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8128 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8129 VEC_length (int,
8130 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8131 VEC_address (int,
8132 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8133 }
8134
8135 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8136 catchpoints. */
8137
8138 static int
8139 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8140 {
8141 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8142 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8143 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8144 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8145
8146 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8147 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8148 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8149 else
8150 {
8151 int i, iter;
8152
8153 for (i = 0;
8154 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8155 i++)
8156 {
8157 int elem;
8158 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8159 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8160 continue;
8161 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8162 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8163 }
8164 }
8165
8166 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8167 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8168 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8169 VEC_length (int,
8170 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8171 VEC_address (int,
8172 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8173 }
8174
8175 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8176 catchpoints. */
8177
8178 static int
8179 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8180 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8181 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8182 {
8183 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8184 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8185 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8186 int syscall_number = 0;
8187 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8188 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8189
8190 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8191 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8192 return 0;
8193
8194 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8195
8196 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8197 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8198 {
8199 int i, iter;
8200
8201 for (i = 0;
8202 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8203 i++)
8204 if (syscall_number == iter)
8205 break;
8206 /* Not the same. */
8207 if (!iter)
8208 return 0;
8209 }
8210
8211 return 1;
8212 }
8213
8214 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8215 catchpoints. */
8216
8217 static enum print_stop_action
8218 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8219 {
8220 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8221 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8222 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8223 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8224 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8225 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8226 ptid_t ptid;
8227 struct target_waitstatus last;
8228 struct syscall s;
8229
8230 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8231
8232 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8233
8234 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8235
8236 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8237 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8238 else
8239 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8240 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8241 {
8242 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8243 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8244 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8245 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8246 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8247 }
8248 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8249
8250 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8251 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8252 else
8253 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8254
8255 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8256 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8257 if (s.name != NULL)
8258 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8259
8260 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8261
8262 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8263 }
8264
8265 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8266 catchpoints. */
8267
8268 static void
8269 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8270 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8271 {
8272 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8273 struct value_print_options opts;
8274 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8275
8276 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8277 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8278 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8279 readable). */
8280 if (opts.addressprint)
8281 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8282 annotate_field (5);
8283
8284 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8285 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8286 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8287 else
8288 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8289
8290 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8291 {
8292 int i, iter;
8293 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8294
8295 for (i = 0;
8296 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8297 i++)
8298 {
8299 char *x = text;
8300 struct syscall s;
8301 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8302
8303 if (s.name != NULL)
8304 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8305 else
8306 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8307
8308 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8309 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8310 on every call. */
8311 xfree (x);
8312 }
8313 /* Remove the last comma. */
8314 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8315 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8316 }
8317 else
8318 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8319 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8320
8321 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8322 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8323 }
8324
8325 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8326 catchpoints. */
8327
8328 static void
8329 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8330 {
8331 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8332
8333 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8334 {
8335 int i, iter;
8336
8337 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8338 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8339 else
8340 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8341
8342 for (i = 0;
8343 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8344 i++)
8345 {
8346 struct syscall s;
8347 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8348
8349 if (s.name)
8350 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8351 else
8352 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8353 }
8354 printf_filtered (")");
8355 }
8356 else
8357 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8358 b->number);
8359 }
8360
8361 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8362 catchpoints. */
8363
8364 static void
8365 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8366 {
8367 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8368
8369 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8370
8371 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8372 {
8373 int i, iter;
8374
8375 for (i = 0;
8376 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8377 i++)
8378 {
8379 struct syscall s;
8380
8381 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8382 if (s.name)
8383 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8384 else
8385 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8386 }
8387 }
8388 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8389 }
8390
8391 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8392
8393 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8394
8395 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8396
8397 static int
8398 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8399 {
8400 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8401 }
8402
8403 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8404 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8405 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8406 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8407
8408 void
8409 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8410 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8411 char *cond_string,
8412 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8413 {
8414 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8415
8416 init_sal (&sal);
8417 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8418
8419 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8420
8421 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8422 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8423 }
8424
8425 void
8426 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8427 {
8428 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8429 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8430 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8431 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8432 if (!internal)
8433 mention (b);
8434 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8435
8436 if (update_gll)
8437 update_global_location_list (1);
8438 }
8439
8440 static void
8441 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8442 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8443 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8444 {
8445 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8446
8447 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8448
8449 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8450
8451 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8452 }
8453
8454 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8455
8456 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8457 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8458 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8459 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8460 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8461
8462 struct exec_catchpoint
8463 {
8464 /* The base class. */
8465 struct breakpoint base;
8466
8467 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8468 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8469 triggered. */
8470 char *exec_pathname;
8471 };
8472
8473 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8474 catchpoints. */
8475
8476 static void
8477 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8478 {
8479 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8480
8481 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8482
8483 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8484 }
8485
8486 static int
8487 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8488 {
8489 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8490 }
8491
8492 static int
8493 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8494 {
8495 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8496 }
8497
8498 static int
8499 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8500 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8501 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8502 {
8503 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8504
8505 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8506 return 0;
8507
8508 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8509 return 1;
8510 }
8511
8512 static enum print_stop_action
8513 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8514 {
8515 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8516 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8517 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8518
8519 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8520 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8521 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8522 else
8523 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8524 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8525 {
8526 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8527 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8528 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8529 }
8530 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8531 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8532 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8533 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8534
8535 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8536 }
8537
8538 static void
8539 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8540 {
8541 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8542 struct value_print_options opts;
8543 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8544
8545 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8546
8547 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8548 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8549 is relatively readable). */
8550 if (opts.addressprint)
8551 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8552 annotate_field (5);
8553 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8554 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8555 {
8556 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8557 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8558 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8559 }
8560
8561 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8562 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8563 }
8564
8565 static void
8566 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8567 {
8568 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8569 }
8570
8571 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8572 catchpoints. */
8573
8574 static void
8575 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8576 {
8577 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8578 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8579 }
8580
8581 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8582
8583 static void
8584 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8585 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8586 {
8587 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8588 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8589
8590 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8591 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8592 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8593
8594 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8595 }
8596
8597 static int
8598 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8599 {
8600 int i = 0;
8601 struct breakpoint *b;
8602 struct bp_location *bl;
8603
8604 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8605 {
8606 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8607 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8608 {
8609 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8610 one register. */
8611 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8612 }
8613 }
8614
8615 return i;
8616 }
8617
8618 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8619 watchpoint. */
8620
8621 static int
8622 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8623 {
8624 int i = 0;
8625 struct bp_location *bl;
8626
8627 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8628 return 0;
8629
8630 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8631 {
8632 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8633 one register. */
8634 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8635 }
8636
8637 return i;
8638 }
8639
8640 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8641 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8642 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8643 types _not_ TYPE. */
8644
8645 static int
8646 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8647 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8648 {
8649 int i = 0;
8650 struct breakpoint *b;
8651
8652 *other_type_used = 0;
8653 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8654 {
8655 if (b == except)
8656 continue;
8657 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8658 continue;
8659
8660 if (b->type == type)
8661 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8662 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8663 *other_type_used = 1;
8664 }
8665
8666 return i;
8667 }
8668
8669 void
8670 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8671 {
8672 struct breakpoint *b;
8673
8674 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8675 {
8676 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8677 {
8678 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8679 update_global_location_list (0);
8680 }
8681 }
8682 }
8683
8684 void
8685 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8686 {
8687 struct breakpoint *b;
8688
8689 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8690 {
8691 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8692 {
8693 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8694 update_global_location_list (1);
8695 }
8696 }
8697 }
8698
8699 void
8700 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8701 {
8702 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8703 update_global_location_list (0);
8704 }
8705
8706 void
8707 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8708 {
8709 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8710 breakpoint_re_set ();
8711 }
8712
8713
8714 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8715 at address specified by SAL.
8716 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8717
8718 struct breakpoint *
8719 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8720 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8721 {
8722 struct breakpoint *b;
8723
8724 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8725 tail-called one. */
8726 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8727
8728 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8729 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8730 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8731 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8732
8733 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8734 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8735 control. */
8736 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8737 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8738
8739 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8740
8741 return b;
8742 }
8743
8744 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8745 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8746 breakpoint_ops. */
8747
8748 static struct breakpoint *
8749 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8750 enum bptype type,
8751 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8752 {
8753 struct breakpoint *copy;
8754
8755 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8756 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8757 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8758
8759 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8760 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8761 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8762 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8763 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8764 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8765
8766 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
8767 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
8768
8769 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8770 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8771 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8772 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8773
8774 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8775 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8776 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8777
8778 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8779 return copy;
8780 }
8781
8782 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8783 ORIG is NULL. */
8784
8785 struct breakpoint *
8786 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8787 {
8788 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8789 if (orig == NULL)
8790 return NULL;
8791
8792 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8793 }
8794
8795 struct breakpoint *
8796 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8797 enum bptype type)
8798 {
8799 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8800
8801 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8802 sal.pc = pc;
8803 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8804 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8805
8806 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8807 }
8808 \f
8809
8810 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8811
8812 static void
8813 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8814 {
8815 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8816 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8817 return;
8818 printf_filtered ("\n");
8819 }
8820 \f
8821
8822 static struct bp_location *
8823 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8824 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8825 {
8826 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8827 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8828 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8829
8830 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8831 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8832
8833 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8834 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8835 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8836 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8837 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8838 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8839 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8840 sal->pc, b->type);
8841
8842 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8843 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8844 ;
8845 *tmp = loc;
8846
8847 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8848 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8849 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8850 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8851 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8852 loc->section = sal->section;
8853 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8854
8855 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
8856 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
8857 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8858
8859 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8860 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8861 return loc;
8862 }
8863 \f
8864
8865 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8866 return 0 otherwise. */
8867
8868 static int
8869 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8870 {
8871 int len;
8872 CORE_ADDR addr;
8873 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8874 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8875 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8876 int retval = 0;
8877
8878 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8879
8880 addr = loc->address;
8881 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8882
8883 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8884 if (bpoint == NULL)
8885 return 0;
8886
8887 target_mem = alloca (len);
8888
8889 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8890 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8891 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8892 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8893
8894 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8895 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8896
8897 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8898 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8899 retval = 1;
8900
8901 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8902
8903 return retval;
8904 }
8905
8906 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8907 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8908
8909 static void
8910 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8911 {
8912 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8913 char *printf_line = NULL;
8914
8915 if (!dprintf_args)
8916 return;
8917
8918 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8919
8920 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8921 insist on it. */
8922 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8923 ++dprintf_args;
8924 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8925
8926 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8927 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8928
8929 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8930 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8931 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8932 {
8933 if (!dprintf_function)
8934 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8935
8936 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8937 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8938 dprintf_function,
8939 dprintf_channel,
8940 dprintf_args);
8941 else
8942 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8943 dprintf_function,
8944 dprintf_args);
8945 }
8946 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8947 {
8948 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8949 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8950 else
8951 {
8952 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8953 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8954 }
8955 }
8956 else
8957 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8958 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8959
8960 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8961 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8962 {
8963 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8964
8965 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8966 {
8967 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8968 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8969 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8970 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8971 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8972 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8973 }
8974
8975 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8976 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8977 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8978 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8979 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8980 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8981
8982 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8983 }
8984 }
8985
8986 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8987 current style settings. */
8988
8989 static void
8990 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8991 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8992 {
8993 struct breakpoint *b;
8994
8995 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8996 {
8997 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8998 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8999 }
9000 }
9001
9002 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9003 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9004 as condition expression. */
9005
9006 static void
9007 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9008 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9009 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9010 char *extra_string,
9011 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9012 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9013 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9014 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9015 int display_canonical)
9016 {
9017 int i;
9018
9019 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9020 {
9021 int target_resources_ok;
9022
9023 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9024 target_resources_ok =
9025 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9026 i + 1, 0);
9027 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9028 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9029 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9030 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9031 }
9032
9033 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9034
9035 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9036 {
9037 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9038 struct bp_location *loc;
9039
9040 if (from_tty)
9041 {
9042 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9043 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9044 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9045
9046 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9047 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9048 }
9049
9050 if (i == 0)
9051 {
9052 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9053 b->thread = thread;
9054 b->task = task;
9055
9056 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9057 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9058 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9059 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9060 b->disposition = disposition;
9061
9062 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9063 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9064
9065 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9066 {
9067 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9068 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9069
9070 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9071 {
9072 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9073 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9074 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9075 char *endp;
9076 char *marker_str;
9077
9078 p = skip_spaces (p);
9079
9080 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9081
9082 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9083 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9084
9085 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9086 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9087 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9088 }
9089 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9090 {
9091 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9092 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9093
9094 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9095 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9096 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9097 }
9098 else
9099 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9100 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9101 }
9102
9103 loc = b->loc;
9104 }
9105 else
9106 {
9107 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9108 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9109 loc->inserted = 1;
9110 }
9111
9112 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9113 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9114
9115 if (b->cond_string)
9116 {
9117 char *arg = b->cond_string;
9118 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9119 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9120 if (*arg)
9121 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9122 }
9123
9124 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9125 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9126 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9127 {
9128 if (b->extra_string)
9129 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9130 else
9131 error (_("Format string required"));
9132 }
9133 else if (b->extra_string)
9134 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9135 }
9136
9137 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9138 if (addr_string)
9139 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9140 else
9141 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9142 me. */
9143 b->addr_string
9144 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9145 b->filter = filter;
9146 }
9147
9148 static void
9149 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9150 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9151 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9152 char *extra_string,
9153 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9154 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9155 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9156 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9157 int display_canonical)
9158 {
9159 struct breakpoint *b;
9160 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9161
9162 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9163 {
9164 struct tracepoint *t;
9165
9166 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9167 b = &t->base;
9168 }
9169 else
9170 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9171
9172 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9173
9174 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9175 sals, addr_string,
9176 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9177 type, disposition,
9178 thread, task, ignore_count,
9179 ops, from_tty,
9180 enabled, internal, flags,
9181 display_canonical);
9182 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9183
9184 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9185 }
9186
9187 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9188 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9189 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9190 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9191 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9192 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9193 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9194 we take just a single condition string.
9195
9196 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9197 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9198 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9199 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9200 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9201
9202 static void
9203 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9204 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9205 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9206 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9207 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9208 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9209 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9210 {
9211 int i;
9212 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9213
9214 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9215 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9216
9217 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9218 {
9219 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9220 'break', without arguments. */
9221 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9222 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9223 : NULL);
9224 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9225 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9226
9227 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9228 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9229 addr_string,
9230 filter_string,
9231 cond_string, extra_string,
9232 type, disposition,
9233 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9234 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9235 canonical->special_display);
9236 discard_cleanups (inner);
9237 }
9238 }
9239
9240 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9241 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9242 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9243 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9244
9245 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9246 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9247
9248 static void
9249 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9250 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9251 {
9252 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9253 breakpoint. */
9254 if ((*address) == NULL
9255 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9256 {
9257 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9258 address. */
9259 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9260 {
9261 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9262 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9263 CORE_ADDR pc;
9264
9265 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9266 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9267 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9268
9269 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9270 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9271 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9272 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9273 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9274 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9275 pc = sal.pc;
9276 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9277
9278 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9279 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9280 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9281 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9282 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9283 sal.pc = pc;
9284 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9285
9286 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9287 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9288 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9289
9290 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9291 }
9292 else
9293 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9294 }
9295 else
9296 {
9297 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9298
9299 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9300 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9301 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9302 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9303
9304 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9305 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9306 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9307 && (!cursal.symtab
9308 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9309 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9310 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9311 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9312 get_last_displayed_line (),
9313 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9314 else
9315 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9316 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9317 }
9318 }
9319
9320
9321 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9322 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9323
9324 static void
9325 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9326 {
9327 int i;
9328
9329 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9330 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9331 }
9332
9333 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9334 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9335 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9336 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9337 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9338 it, etc. */
9339
9340 static void
9341 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9342 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9343 {
9344 int i, rslt;
9345 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9346 char *msg;
9347 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9348
9349 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9350 {
9351 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9352
9353 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9354
9355 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9356 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9357 associated with SAL. */
9358 if (sarch == NULL)
9359 sarch = gdbarch;
9360 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9361 NULL, &msg);
9362 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9363
9364 if (!rslt)
9365 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9366 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9367
9368 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9369 }
9370 }
9371
9372 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9373
9374 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9375 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9376 {
9377 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9378 }
9379
9380 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9381 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9382 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9383 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9384 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9385 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9386
9387 static void
9388 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9389 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9390 char **rest)
9391 {
9392 *cond_string = NULL;
9393 *thread = -1;
9394 *task = 0;
9395 *rest = NULL;
9396
9397 while (tok && *tok)
9398 {
9399 char *end_tok;
9400 int toklen;
9401 char *cond_start = NULL;
9402 char *cond_end = NULL;
9403
9404 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9405
9406 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9407 {
9408 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9409 return;
9410 }
9411
9412 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9413
9414 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9415
9416 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9417 {
9418 struct expression *expr;
9419
9420 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9421 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9422 xfree (expr);
9423 cond_end = tok;
9424 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9425 }
9426 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9427 {
9428 char *tmptok;
9429
9430 tok = end_tok + 1;
9431 tmptok = tok;
9432 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9433 if (tok == tmptok)
9434 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9435 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9436 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9437 }
9438 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9439 {
9440 char *tmptok;
9441
9442 tok = end_tok + 1;
9443 tmptok = tok;
9444 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9445 if (tok == tmptok)
9446 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9447 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9448 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9449 }
9450 else if (rest)
9451 {
9452 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9453 return;
9454 }
9455 else
9456 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9457 }
9458 }
9459
9460 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9461
9462 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9463 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9464 {
9465 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9466 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9467 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9468 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9469 char *endp;
9470 char *marker_str;
9471 int i;
9472
9473 p = skip_spaces (p);
9474
9475 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9476
9477 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9478 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9479
9480 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9481 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9482 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9483
9484 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9485 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9486
9487 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9488 {
9489 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9490
9491 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9492
9493 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9494
9495 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9496 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9497
9498 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9499 }
9500
9501 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9502
9503 *arg_p = endp;
9504 return sals;
9505 }
9506
9507 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9508 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9509 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9510 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9511 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9512 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9513 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9514 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9515 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9516 false otherwise. */
9517
9518 int
9519 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9520 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9521 int thread, char *extra_string,
9522 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9523 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9524 int ignore_count,
9525 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9526 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9527 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9528 unsigned flags)
9529 {
9530 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9531 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9532 char *addr_start = arg;
9533 struct linespec_result canonical;
9534 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9535 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9536 int pending = 0;
9537 int task = 0;
9538 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9539
9540 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9541
9542 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9543
9544 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9545 {
9546 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9547 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9548 }
9549
9550 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9551 switch (e.reason)
9552 {
9553 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9554 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9555 return 0;
9556 break;
9557 case RETURN_ERROR:
9558 switch (e.error)
9559 {
9560 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9561
9562 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9563 error. */
9564
9565 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9566 throw_exception (e);
9567
9568 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9569
9570 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9571 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9572 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9573 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9574 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9575 return 0;
9576
9577 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9578 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9579 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9580 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9581 {
9582 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9583
9584 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9585 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9586 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9587 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9588 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9589 pending = 1;
9590 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9591 }
9592 break;
9593 default:
9594 throw_exception (e);
9595 }
9596 break;
9597 default:
9598 throw_exception (e);
9599 }
9600
9601 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9602 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9603
9604 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9605 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9606 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9607 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9608 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9609
9610 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9611 are ok for the target. */
9612 if (!pending)
9613 {
9614 int ix;
9615 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9616
9617 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9618 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9619 }
9620
9621 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9622 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9623 {
9624 int ix;
9625 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9626
9627 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9628 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9629 }
9630
9631 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9632 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9633 breakpoint. */
9634 if (!pending)
9635 {
9636 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9637
9638 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9639
9640 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9641 {
9642 char *rest;
9643 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9644 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9645 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9646 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9647
9648 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9649 &thread, &task, &rest);
9650 if (cond_string)
9651 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9652 if (rest)
9653 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9654 if (rest)
9655 extra_string = rest;
9656 }
9657 else
9658 {
9659 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9660 if (cond_string)
9661 {
9662 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9663 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9664 }
9665 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9666 if (extra_string)
9667 {
9668 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9669 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9670 }
9671 }
9672
9673 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9674 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9675 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9676 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9677 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9678 }
9679 else
9680 {
9681 struct breakpoint *b;
9682
9683 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9684
9685 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9686 {
9687 struct tracepoint *t;
9688
9689 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9690 b = &t->base;
9691 }
9692 else
9693 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9694
9695 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9696
9697 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9698 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9699 b->cond_string = NULL;
9700 else
9701 {
9702 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9703 if (cond_string)
9704 {
9705 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9706 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9707 }
9708 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9709 }
9710 b->extra_string = NULL;
9711 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9712 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9713 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9714 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9715 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9716 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9717 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9718
9719 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9720 }
9721
9722 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9723 {
9724 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9725 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9726 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9727 }
9728
9729 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9730 breakpoint. */
9731 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9732 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9733 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9734
9735 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9736 update_global_location_list (1);
9737
9738 return 1;
9739 }
9740
9741 /* Set a breakpoint.
9742 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9743 condition, and thread.
9744 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9745 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9746 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9747
9748 static void
9749 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9750 {
9751 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9752 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9753 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9754 : bp_breakpoint);
9755 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9756 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9757
9758 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9759 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9760 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9761 else
9762 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9763
9764 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9765 arg,
9766 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9767 tempflag, type_wanted,
9768 0 /* Ignore count */,
9769 pending_break_support,
9770 ops,
9771 from_tty,
9772 1 /* enabled */,
9773 0 /* internal */,
9774 0);
9775 }
9776
9777 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9778
9779 void
9780 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9781 {
9782 CORE_ADDR pc;
9783
9784 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9785 {
9786 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9787 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9788 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
9789 sal->pc = pc;
9790
9791 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9792 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9793 if (sal->explicit_line)
9794 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9795 }
9796
9797 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9798 {
9799 struct blockvector *bv;
9800 struct block *b;
9801 struct symbol *sym;
9802
9803 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9804 if (bv != NULL)
9805 {
9806 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9807 if (sym != NULL)
9808 {
9809 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9810 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9811 }
9812 else
9813 {
9814 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9815 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9816 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9817 happen in assembly source). */
9818
9819 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9820 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9821
9822 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9823
9824 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9825 if (msym)
9826 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9827
9828 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9829 }
9830 }
9831 }
9832 }
9833
9834 void
9835 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9836 {
9837 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9838 }
9839
9840 void
9841 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9842 {
9843 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9844 }
9845
9846 static void
9847 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9848 {
9849 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9850 }
9851
9852 static void
9853 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9854 {
9855 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9856 }
9857
9858 static void
9859 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9860 {
9861 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9862 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9863 stop at <line>\n"));
9864 }
9865
9866 static void
9867 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9868 {
9869 int badInput = 0;
9870
9871 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9872 badInput = 1;
9873 else if (*arg != '*')
9874 {
9875 char *argptr = arg;
9876 int hasColon = 0;
9877
9878 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9879 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9880 function/method name. */
9881 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9882 {
9883 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9884 argptr++;
9885 }
9886
9887 if (hasColon)
9888 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9889 else
9890 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9891 }
9892
9893 if (badInput)
9894 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9895 else
9896 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9897 }
9898
9899 static void
9900 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9901 {
9902 int badInput = 0;
9903
9904 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9905 badInput = 1;
9906 else
9907 {
9908 char *argptr = arg;
9909 int hasColon = 0;
9910
9911 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9912 it is probably a line number. */
9913 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9914 {
9915 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9916 argptr++;
9917 }
9918
9919 if (hasColon)
9920 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9921 else
9922 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9923 }
9924
9925 if (badInput)
9926 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9927 else
9928 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9929 }
9930
9931 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9932 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9933 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9934 line. */
9935
9936 static void
9937 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9938 {
9939 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9940 arg,
9941 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9942 0, bp_dprintf,
9943 0 /* Ignore count */,
9944 pending_break_support,
9945 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9946 from_tty,
9947 1 /* enabled */,
9948 0 /* internal */,
9949 0);
9950 }
9951
9952 static void
9953 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9954 {
9955 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9956 }
9957
9958 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9959 ranged breakpoints. */
9960
9961 static int
9962 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9963 struct address_space *aspace,
9964 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9965 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9966 {
9967 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9968 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9969 return 0;
9970
9971 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9972 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9973 }
9974
9975 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9976 ranged breakpoints. */
9977
9978 static int
9979 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9980 {
9981 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9982 }
9983
9984 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9985 ranged breakpoints. */
9986
9987 static enum print_stop_action
9988 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9989 {
9990 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9991 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9992 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9993
9994 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9995
9996 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9997 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9998
9999 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10000 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10001 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10002 else
10003 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10004 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10005 {
10006 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10007 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10008 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10009 }
10010 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10011 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10012
10013 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10014 }
10015
10016 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10017 ranged breakpoints. */
10018
10019 static void
10020 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10021 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10022 {
10023 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10024 struct value_print_options opts;
10025 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10026
10027 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10028 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10029
10030 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10031
10032 if (opts.addressprint)
10033 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10034 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10035 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10036 annotate_field (5);
10037 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10038 *last_loc = bl;
10039 }
10040
10041 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10042 ranged breakpoints. */
10043
10044 static void
10045 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10046 struct ui_out *uiout)
10047 {
10048 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10049 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10050 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10051 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10052
10053 gdb_assert (bl);
10054
10055 address_start = bl->address;
10056 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10057
10058 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10059 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10060 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10061 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10062 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10063 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10064
10065 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10066 }
10067
10068 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10069 ranged breakpoints. */
10070
10071 static void
10072 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10073 {
10074 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10075 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10076
10077 gdb_assert (bl);
10078 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10079
10080 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10081 return;
10082
10083 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10084 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10085 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10086 }
10087
10088 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10089 ranged breakpoints. */
10090
10091 static void
10092 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10093 {
10094 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10095 b->addr_string_range_end);
10096 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10097 }
10098
10099 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10100
10101 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10102
10103 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10104 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10105 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10106 last instruction of the given line. */
10107
10108 static CORE_ADDR
10109 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10110 {
10111 CORE_ADDR end;
10112
10113 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10114 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10115 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10116 end = sal.pc;
10117 else
10118 {
10119 int ret;
10120 CORE_ADDR start;
10121
10122 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10123 if (!ret)
10124 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10125
10126 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10127 end--;
10128 }
10129
10130 return end;
10131 }
10132
10133 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10134
10135 static void
10136 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10137 {
10138 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10139 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10140 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10141 CORE_ADDR end;
10142 struct breakpoint *b;
10143 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10144 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10145 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10146
10147 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10148 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10149 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10150
10151 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10152 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10153 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10154 bp_count, 0);
10155 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10156 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10157
10158 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10159 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10160 error(_("No address range specified."));
10161
10162 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10163
10164 arg_start = arg;
10165 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10166
10167 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10168
10169 if (arg[0] != ',')
10170 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10171 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10172 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10173
10174 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10175
10176 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10177 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10178 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10179
10180 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10181 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10182 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10183
10184 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10185 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10186
10187 /* Parse the end location. */
10188
10189 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10190 arg_start = arg;
10191
10192 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10193 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10194 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10195 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10196 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10197 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10198 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10199 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10200
10201 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10202
10203 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10204 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10205
10206 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10207 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10208 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10209 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10210
10211 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10212 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10213 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10214
10215 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10216 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10217 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10218
10219 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10220 if (length < 0)
10221 /* Length overflowed. */
10222 error (_("Address range too large."));
10223 else if (length == 1)
10224 {
10225 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10226 the `hbreak' command. */
10227 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10228
10229 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10230
10231 return;
10232 }
10233
10234 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10235 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10236 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10237 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10238 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10239 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10240 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10241 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10242 b->loc->length = length;
10243
10244 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10245
10246 mention (b);
10247 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10248 update_global_location_list (1);
10249 }
10250
10251 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10252 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10253 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10254 zero. */
10255
10256 static int
10257 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10258 {
10259 int i = exp->nelts;
10260
10261 while (i > 0)
10262 {
10263 int oplenp, argsp;
10264
10265 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10266 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10267 i -= oplenp;
10268
10269 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10270 {
10271 case BINOP_ADD:
10272 case BINOP_SUB:
10273 case BINOP_MUL:
10274 case BINOP_DIV:
10275 case BINOP_REM:
10276 case BINOP_MOD:
10277 case BINOP_LSH:
10278 case BINOP_RSH:
10279 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10280 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10281 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10282 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10283 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10284 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10285 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10286 case BINOP_LESS:
10287 case BINOP_GTR:
10288 case BINOP_LEQ:
10289 case BINOP_GEQ:
10290 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10291 case BINOP_COMMA:
10292 case BINOP_EXP:
10293 case BINOP_MIN:
10294 case BINOP_MAX:
10295 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10296 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10297 case BINOP_IN:
10298 case BINOP_RANGE:
10299 case TERNOP_COND:
10300 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10301
10302 case OP_LONG:
10303 case OP_DOUBLE:
10304 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10305 case OP_LAST:
10306 case OP_COMPLEX:
10307 case OP_STRING:
10308 case OP_ARRAY:
10309 case OP_TYPE:
10310 case OP_TYPEOF:
10311 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10312 case OP_NAME:
10313 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10314
10315 case UNOP_NEG:
10316 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10317 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10318 case UNOP_ADDR:
10319 case UNOP_HIGH:
10320 case UNOP_CAST:
10321
10322 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10323 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10324 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10325 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10326 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10327 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10328 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10329
10330 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10331 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10332 ADDR is. */
10333 break;
10334
10335 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10336 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10337
10338 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10339 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10340 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10341 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10342
10343 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10344 are always constant. */
10345 {
10346 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10347
10348 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10349 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10350 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10351 return 0;
10352 break;
10353 }
10354
10355 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10356 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10357 then it is not a constant. */
10358 default:
10359 return 0;
10360 }
10361 }
10362
10363 return 1;
10364 }
10365
10366 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10367
10368 static void
10369 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10370 {
10371 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10372
10373 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10374 xfree (w->exp);
10375 xfree (w->exp_string);
10376 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10377 value_free (w->val);
10378
10379 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10380 }
10381
10382 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10383
10384 static void
10385 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10386 {
10387 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10388
10389 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10390 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10391
10392 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10393 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10394 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10395 are loaded and unloaded.
10396
10397 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10398 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10399 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10400 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10401 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10402 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10403
10404 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10405 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10406 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10407 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10408
10409 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10410 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10411
10412 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10413 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10414 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10415 }
10416
10417 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10418
10419 static int
10420 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10421 {
10422 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10423 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10424
10425 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10426 w->cond_exp);
10427 }
10428
10429 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10430
10431 static int
10432 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10433 {
10434 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10435 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10436
10437 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10438 w->cond_exp);
10439 }
10440
10441 static int
10442 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10443 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10444 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10445 {
10446 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10447 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10448
10449 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10450 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10451 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10452 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10453 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10454 (did not match the data address). */
10455 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10456 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10457 return 0;
10458
10459 return 1;
10460 }
10461
10462 static void
10463 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10464 {
10465 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10466
10467 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10468 }
10469
10470 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10471 hardware watchpoints. */
10472
10473 static int
10474 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10475 {
10476 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10477 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10478
10479 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10480 }
10481
10482 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10483 hardware watchpoints. */
10484
10485 static int
10486 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10487 {
10488 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10489 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10490 }
10491
10492 static enum print_stop_action
10493 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10494 {
10495 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10496 struct breakpoint *b;
10497 const struct bp_location *bl;
10498 struct ui_file *stb;
10499 enum print_stop_action result;
10500 struct watchpoint *w;
10501 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10502
10503 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10504
10505 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
10506 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10507 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10508
10509 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10510 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10511
10512 switch (b->type)
10513 {
10514 case bp_watchpoint:
10515 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10516 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10517 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10518 ui_out_field_string
10519 (uiout, "reason",
10520 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10521 mention (b);
10522 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10523 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10524 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10525 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10526 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10527 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10528 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10529 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10530 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10531 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10532 break;
10533
10534 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10535 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10536 ui_out_field_string
10537 (uiout, "reason",
10538 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10539 mention (b);
10540 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10541 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10542 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10543 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10544 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10545 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10546 break;
10547
10548 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10549 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10550 {
10551 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10552 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10553 ui_out_field_string
10554 (uiout, "reason",
10555 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10556 mention (b);
10557 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10558 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10559 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10560 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10561 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10562 }
10563 else
10564 {
10565 mention (b);
10566 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10567 ui_out_field_string
10568 (uiout, "reason",
10569 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10570 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10571 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10572 }
10573 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10574 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10575 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10576 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10577 break;
10578 default:
10579 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10580 }
10581
10582 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10583 return result;
10584 }
10585
10586 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10587 watchpoints. */
10588
10589 static void
10590 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10591 {
10592 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10593 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10594 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10595
10596 switch (b->type)
10597 {
10598 case bp_watchpoint:
10599 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10600 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10601 break;
10602 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10603 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10604 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10605 break;
10606 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10607 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10608 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10609 break;
10610 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10611 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10612 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10613 break;
10614 default:
10615 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10616 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10617 }
10618
10619 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10620 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10621 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10622 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10623 }
10624
10625 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10626 watchpoints. */
10627
10628 static void
10629 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10630 {
10631 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10632
10633 switch (b->type)
10634 {
10635 case bp_watchpoint:
10636 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10637 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10638 break;
10639 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10640 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10641 break;
10642 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10643 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10644 break;
10645 default:
10646 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10647 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10648 }
10649
10650 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10651 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10652 }
10653
10654 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10655
10656 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10657
10658 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10659 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10660
10661 static int
10662 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10663 {
10664 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10665
10666 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10667 bl->watchpoint_type);
10668 }
10669
10670 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10671 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10672
10673 static int
10674 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10675 {
10676 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10677
10678 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10679 bl->watchpoint_type);
10680 }
10681
10682 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10683 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10684
10685 static int
10686 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10687 {
10688 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10689
10690 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10691 }
10692
10693 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10694 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10695
10696 static int
10697 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10698 {
10699 return 0;
10700 }
10701
10702 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10703 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10704
10705 static enum print_stop_action
10706 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10707 {
10708 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10709 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10710
10711 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10712 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10713
10714 switch (b->type)
10715 {
10716 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10717 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10718 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10719 ui_out_field_string
10720 (uiout, "reason",
10721 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10722 break;
10723
10724 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10725 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10726 ui_out_field_string
10727 (uiout, "reason",
10728 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10729 break;
10730
10731 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10732 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10733 ui_out_field_string
10734 (uiout, "reason",
10735 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10736 break;
10737 default:
10738 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10739 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10740 }
10741
10742 mention (b);
10743 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10744 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10745 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10746 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10747
10748 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10749 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10750 }
10751
10752 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10753 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10754
10755 static void
10756 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10757 struct ui_out *uiout)
10758 {
10759 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10760
10761 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10762 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10763
10764 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10765 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10766 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10767 }
10768
10769 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10770 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10771
10772 static void
10773 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10774 {
10775 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10776 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10777 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10778
10779 switch (b->type)
10780 {
10781 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10782 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10783 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10784 break;
10785 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10786 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10787 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10788 break;
10789 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10790 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10791 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10792 break;
10793 default:
10794 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10795 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10796 }
10797
10798 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10799 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10800 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10801 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10802 }
10803
10804 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10805 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10806
10807 static void
10808 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10809 {
10810 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10811 char tmp[40];
10812
10813 switch (b->type)
10814 {
10815 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10817 break;
10818 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10819 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10820 break;
10821 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10822 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10823 break;
10824 default:
10825 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10826 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10827 }
10828
10829 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10830 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10831 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10832 }
10833
10834 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10835
10836 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10837
10838 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10839
10840 static int
10841 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10842 {
10843 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10844 }
10845
10846 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10847 hw_read: watch read,
10848 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10849 static void
10850 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10851 int just_location, int internal)
10852 {
10853 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10854 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10855 struct expression *exp;
10856 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10857 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10858 struct frame_info *frame;
10859 char *exp_start = NULL;
10860 char *exp_end = NULL;
10861 char *tok, *end_tok;
10862 int toklen = -1;
10863 char *cond_start = NULL;
10864 char *cond_end = NULL;
10865 enum bptype bp_type;
10866 int thread = -1;
10867 int pc = 0;
10868 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10869 the hardware watchpoint. */
10870 int use_mask = 0;
10871 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10872 struct watchpoint *w;
10873
10874 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10875 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10876 {
10877 char *value_start;
10878
10879 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10880 of the arguments string. */
10881 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10882 {
10883 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10884 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10885 tok--;
10886
10887 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10888 This is the value of the parameter. */
10889 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10890 tok--;
10891 value_start = tok + 1;
10892
10893 /* Skip whitespace. */
10894 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10895 tok--;
10896
10897 end_tok = tok;
10898
10899 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10900 This is the parameter itself. */
10901 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10902 tok--;
10903 tok++;
10904 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10905
10906 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10907 {
10908 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10909 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10910 only in a specific thread. */
10911 char *endp;
10912
10913 if (thread != -1)
10914 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10915
10916 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10917 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10918
10919 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10920 thread ID. */
10921 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10922 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10923
10924 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10925 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10926 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10927 }
10928 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10929 {
10930 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10931 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10932 facility. */
10933 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10934
10935 if (use_mask)
10936 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10937
10938 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10939
10940 mark = value_mark ();
10941 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10942 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10943 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10944 }
10945 else
10946 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10947 break;
10948
10949 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10950 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10951 *tok = '\0';
10952 }
10953 }
10954
10955 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10956 innermost_block = NULL;
10957 exp_start = arg;
10958 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10959 exp_end = arg;
10960 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10961 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10962 prettier. */
10963 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10964 --exp_end;
10965
10966 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10967 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10968 {
10969 int len;
10970
10971 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10972 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10973 len--;
10974 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10975 }
10976
10977 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10978 mark = value_mark ();
10979 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10980
10981 if (just_location)
10982 {
10983 int ret;
10984
10985 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10986 val = value_addr (result);
10987 release_value (val);
10988 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10989
10990 if (use_mask)
10991 {
10992 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10993 mask);
10994 if (ret == -1)
10995 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10996 else if (ret == -2)
10997 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10998 }
10999 }
11000 else if (val != NULL)
11001 release_value (val);
11002
11003 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
11004 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
11005
11006 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11007 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11008 {
11009 struct expression *cond;
11010
11011 innermost_block = NULL;
11012 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11013 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11014
11015 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11016 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11017 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11018
11019 xfree (cond);
11020 cond_end = tok;
11021 }
11022 if (*tok)
11023 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11024
11025 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11026 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11027 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11028 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11029 else
11030 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11031
11032 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11033
11034 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11035 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11036 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11037 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11038 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11039 {
11040 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11041 {
11042 scope_breakpoint
11043 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11044 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11045 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11046 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11047
11048 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11049
11050 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11051 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11052
11053 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11054 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11055
11056 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11057 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11058 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11059 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11060 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11061 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11062 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11063 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11064 scope_breakpoint->type);
11065 }
11066 }
11067
11068 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11069
11070 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11071 b = &w->base;
11072 if (use_mask)
11073 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11074 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11075 else
11076 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11077 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11078 b->thread = thread;
11079 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11080 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11081 w->exp = exp;
11082 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11083 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11084 if (just_location)
11085 {
11086 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11087 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11088 char *name;
11089
11090 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11091 name = type_to_string (t);
11092
11093 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11094 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11095 xfree (name);
11096
11097 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11098 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11099
11100 /* The above expression is in C. */
11101 b->language = language_c;
11102 }
11103 else
11104 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11105
11106 if (use_mask)
11107 {
11108 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11109 }
11110 else
11111 {
11112 w->val = val;
11113 w->val_valid = 1;
11114 }
11115
11116 if (cond_start)
11117 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11118 else
11119 b->cond_string = 0;
11120
11121 if (frame)
11122 {
11123 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11124 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11125 }
11126 else
11127 {
11128 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11129 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11130 }
11131
11132 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11133 {
11134 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11135 need to act on them together. */
11136 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11137 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11138 }
11139
11140 if (!just_location)
11141 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11142
11143 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11144 {
11145 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11146 that should be inserted. */
11147 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11148 }
11149 if (e.reason < 0)
11150 {
11151 delete_breakpoint (b);
11152 throw_exception (e);
11153 }
11154
11155 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11156 }
11157
11158 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11159 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11160
11161 static int
11162 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11163 {
11164 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11165 struct value *head = v;
11166
11167 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11168 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11169 return 0;
11170
11171 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11172 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11173 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11174 hardware watchpoint.
11175
11176 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11177 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11178 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11179 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11180 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11181 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11182 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11183 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11184 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11185
11186 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11187 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11188 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11189 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11190 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11191 {
11192 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11193 {
11194 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11195 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11196 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11197 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11198 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11199 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11200 ;
11201 else
11202 {
11203 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11204 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11205 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11206
11207 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11208 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11209 middle of some value chain. */
11210 if (v == head
11211 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11212 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11213 {
11214 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11215 int len;
11216 int num_regs;
11217
11218 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11219 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11220 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11221
11222 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11223 if (!num_regs)
11224 return 0;
11225 else
11226 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11227 }
11228 }
11229 }
11230 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11231 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11232 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11233 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11234 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11235 }
11236
11237 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11238 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11239 return found_memory_cnt;
11240 }
11241
11242 void
11243 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11244 {
11245 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11246 }
11247
11248 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11249 calls watch_command_1. */
11250
11251 static void
11252 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11253 {
11254 int just_location = 0;
11255
11256 if (arg
11257 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11258 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11259 {
11260 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11261 just_location = 1;
11262 }
11263
11264 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11265 }
11266
11267 static void
11268 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11269 {
11270 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11271 }
11272
11273 void
11274 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11275 {
11276 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11277 }
11278
11279 static void
11280 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11281 {
11282 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11283 }
11284
11285 void
11286 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11287 {
11288 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11289 }
11290
11291 static void
11292 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11293 {
11294 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11295 }
11296 \f
11297
11298 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11299 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11300
11301 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11302 {
11303 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11304 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11305 int thread_num;
11306 };
11307
11308 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11309 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11310 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11311 command. */
11312 static void
11313 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11314 {
11315 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11316
11317 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11318 if (a->breakpoint2)
11319 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11320 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11321 }
11322
11323 void
11324 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11325 {
11326 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11327 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11328 struct frame_info *frame;
11329 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11330 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11331 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11332 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11333 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11334 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11335 int thread;
11336 struct thread_info *tp;
11337
11338 clear_proceed_status ();
11339
11340 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11341 this function. */
11342
11343 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11344 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11345 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11346 get_last_displayed_line ());
11347 else
11348 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11349 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11350
11351 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11352 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11353
11354 sal = sals.sals[0];
11355 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11356
11357 if (*arg)
11358 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11359
11360 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11361
11362 tp = inferior_thread ();
11363 thread = tp->num;
11364
11365 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11366
11367 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11368 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11369 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11370 that. */
11371
11372 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11373 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11374 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11375 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11376
11377 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11378 one. */
11379
11380 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11381 {
11382 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11383
11384 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11385 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11386 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11387 sal2,
11388 caller_frame_id,
11389 bp_until);
11390 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11391
11392 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11393 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11394 }
11395
11396 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11397 frame = NULL;
11398
11399 if (anywhere)
11400 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11401 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11402 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11403 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11404 else
11405 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11406 only at the very same frame. */
11407 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11408 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11409 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11410
11411 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11412
11413 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11414 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11415 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11416 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11417
11418 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11419 {
11420 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11421 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11422
11423 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11424 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11425 args->thread_num = thread;
11426
11427 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11428 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11429 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11430 xfree);
11431 }
11432 else
11433 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11434 }
11435
11436 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11437 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11438
11439 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11440 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11441 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11442 if clause in the arg string. */
11443
11444 static char *
11445 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11446 {
11447 char *cond_string;
11448
11449 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11450 return NULL;
11451
11452 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11453 (*arg) += 2;
11454
11455 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11456 condition string. */
11457 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11458 cond_string = *arg;
11459
11460 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11461 string. */
11462 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11463
11464 return cond_string;
11465 }
11466
11467 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11468 process start/exit, etc. */
11469
11470 typedef enum
11471 {
11472 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11473 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11474 }
11475 catch_fork_kind;
11476
11477 static void
11478 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11479 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11480 {
11481 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11482 char *cond_string = NULL;
11483 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11484 int tempflag;
11485
11486 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11487 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11488 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11489
11490 if (!arg)
11491 arg = "";
11492 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11493
11494 /* The allowed syntax is:
11495 catch [v]fork
11496 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11497
11498 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11499 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11500
11501 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11502 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11503
11504 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11505 and enable reporting of such events. */
11506 switch (fork_kind)
11507 {
11508 case catch_fork_temporary:
11509 case catch_fork_permanent:
11510 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11511 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11512 break;
11513 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11514 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11515 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11516 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11517 break;
11518 default:
11519 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11520 break;
11521 }
11522 }
11523
11524 static void
11525 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11526 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11527 {
11528 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11529 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11530 int tempflag;
11531 char *cond_string = NULL;
11532
11533 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11534
11535 if (!arg)
11536 arg = "";
11537 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11538
11539 /* The allowed syntax is:
11540 catch exec
11541 catch exec if <cond>
11542
11543 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11544 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11545
11546 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11547 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11548
11549 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11550 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11551 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11552 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11553
11554 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11555 }
11556
11557 static enum print_stop_action
11558 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11559 {
11560 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11561 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11562 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11563
11564 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11565
11566 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11567 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11568 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11569 b->loc->address,
11570 b->number, 1);
11571 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11572 ui_out_text (uiout,
11573 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11574 : "Catchpoint ");
11575 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11576 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11577 ui_out_text (uiout,
11578 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11579 : " (exception caught), ");
11580 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11581 {
11582 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11583 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11584 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11585 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11586 }
11587 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11588 }
11589
11590 static void
11591 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11592 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11593 {
11594 struct value_print_options opts;
11595 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11596
11597 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11598 if (opts.addressprint)
11599 {
11600 annotate_field (4);
11601 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11602 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11603 else
11604 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11605 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11606 }
11607 annotate_field (5);
11608 if (b->loc)
11609 *last_loc = b->loc;
11610 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11611 {
11612 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11613 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11614 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "throw");
11615 }
11616 else
11617 {
11618 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11619 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11620 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "catch");
11621 }
11622 }
11623
11624 static void
11625 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11626 {
11627 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11628 int bp_temp;
11629 int bp_throw;
11630
11631 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11632 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11633 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11634 : _("Catchpoint "));
11635 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11636 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11637 : _(" (catch)"));
11638 }
11639
11640 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11641 catch catchpoints. */
11642
11643 static void
11644 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11645 struct ui_file *fp)
11646 {
11647 int bp_temp;
11648 int bp_throw;
11649
11650 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11651 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11652 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11653 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11654 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11655 }
11656
11657 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11658
11659 static int
11660 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11661 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11662 {
11663 char *trigger_func_name;
11664
11665 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11666 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11667 else
11668 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11669
11670 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11671 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11672 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11673 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11674 0,
11675 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11676 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11677 1 /* enabled */,
11678 0 /* internal */,
11679 0);
11680
11681 return 1;
11682 }
11683
11684 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11685
11686 static void
11687 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11688 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11689 {
11690 char *cond_string = NULL;
11691
11692 if (!arg)
11693 arg = "";
11694 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11695
11696 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11697
11698 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11699 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11700
11701 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11702 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11703 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11704
11705 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11706 return;
11707
11708 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11709 }
11710
11711 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11712
11713 static void
11714 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11715 {
11716 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11717
11718 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11719 }
11720
11721 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11722
11723 static void
11724 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11725 {
11726 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11727
11728 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11729 }
11730
11731 void
11732 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11733 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11734 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11735 char *addr_string,
11736 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11737 int tempflag,
11738 int from_tty)
11739 {
11740 if (from_tty)
11741 {
11742 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11743 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11744 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11745
11746 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11747 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11748 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11749 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11750 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11751 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11752 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11753 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11754 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11755 enough for now, though. */
11756 }
11757
11758 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11759
11760 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11761 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11762 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11763 b->language = language_ada;
11764 }
11765
11766 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11767 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11768 static VEC(int) *
11769 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11770 {
11771 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11772 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11773
11774 while (*arg != '\0')
11775 {
11776 int i, syscall_number;
11777 char *endptr;
11778 char cur_name[128];
11779 struct syscall s;
11780
11781 /* Skip whitespace. */
11782 while (isspace (*arg))
11783 arg++;
11784
11785 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11786 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11787 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11788 arg += i;
11789
11790 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11791 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11792 if (*endptr == '\0')
11793 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11794 else
11795 {
11796 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11797 to a number. */
11798 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11799
11800 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11801 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11802 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11803 syscall number to be caught. */
11804 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11805 }
11806
11807 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11808 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11809 }
11810
11811 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11812 return result;
11813 }
11814
11815 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11816
11817 static void
11818 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11819 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11820 {
11821 int tempflag;
11822 VEC(int) *filter;
11823 struct syscall s;
11824 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11825
11826 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11827 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11828 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11829 this architecture yet."));
11830
11831 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11832
11833 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11834
11835 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11836 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11837 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11838 for his/her architecture. */
11839 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11840
11841 /* The allowed syntax is:
11842 catch syscall
11843 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11844
11845 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11846
11847 if (arg != NULL)
11848 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11849 else
11850 filter = NULL;
11851
11852 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11853 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11854 }
11855
11856 static void
11857 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11858 {
11859 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11860 }
11861 \f
11862
11863 static void
11864 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11865 {
11866 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11867 }
11868
11869 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11870
11871 static int
11872 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11873 {
11874 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11875 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11876 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11877 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11878
11879 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11880 return -1;
11881 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11882 return 1;
11883
11884 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11885 the number 0. */
11886 if (ua < ub)
11887 return -1;
11888 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11889 }
11890
11891 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11892
11893 static void
11894 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11895 {
11896 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11897 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11898 int ix;
11899 int default_match;
11900 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11901 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11902 int i;
11903 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11904
11905 if (arg)
11906 {
11907 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11908 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11909 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11910 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11911 default_match = 0;
11912 }
11913 else
11914 {
11915 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11916 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11917 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11918 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11919
11920 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11921 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11922 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11923 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11924 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11925 error (_("No source file specified."));
11926
11927 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11928 sals.nelts = 1;
11929
11930 default_match = 1;
11931 }
11932
11933 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11934 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11935 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11936 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11937
11938 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11939 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11940 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11941 due to optimization, all in one block.
11942
11943 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11944 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11945 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11946 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11947 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11948 to support that. */
11949
11950 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11951 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11952 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11953 breakpoint. */
11954
11955 found = NULL;
11956 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11957 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11958 {
11959 int is_abs;
11960
11961 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11962 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11963 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11964 or at default pc.
11965
11966 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11967
11968 0 1 pc
11969 1 1 pc _and_ line
11970 0 0 line
11971 1 0 <can't happen> */
11972
11973 sal = sals.sals[i];
11974 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
11975
11976 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11977 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11978 {
11979 int match = 0;
11980 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11981 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11982 {
11983 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11984 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11985 {
11986 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11987 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11988 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11989 && sal.pc
11990 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11991 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11992 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11993 || loc->section == sal.section));
11994 int line_match = 0;
11995
11996 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11997 && loc->source_file != NULL
11998 && sal.symtab != NULL
11999 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12000 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
12001 {
12002 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
12003 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
12004 line_match = 1;
12005 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
12006 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
12007 sal.symtab->filename))
12008 line_match = 1;
12009 }
12010
12011 if (pc_match || line_match)
12012 {
12013 match = 1;
12014 break;
12015 }
12016 }
12017 }
12018
12019 if (match)
12020 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12021 }
12022 }
12023
12024 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12025 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12026 {
12027 if (arg)
12028 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12029 else
12030 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12031 }
12032
12033 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12034 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12035 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12036 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12037 compare_breakpoints);
12038 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12039 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12040 {
12041 if (b == prev)
12042 {
12043 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12044 --ix;
12045 }
12046 }
12047
12048 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12049 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12050 if (from_tty)
12051 {
12052 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12053 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12054 else
12055 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12056 }
12057 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
12058
12059 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12060 {
12061 if (from_tty)
12062 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12063 delete_breakpoint (b);
12064 }
12065 if (from_tty)
12066 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12067
12068 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12069 }
12070 \f
12071 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12072 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12073 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12074
12075 void
12076 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12077 {
12078 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12079
12080 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12081 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12082 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12083 && bs->stop)
12084 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12085
12086 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12087 {
12088 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12089 delete_breakpoint (b);
12090 }
12091 }
12092
12093 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12094 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12095 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12096 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12097 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12098 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12099
12100 static int
12101 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12102 {
12103 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12104 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12105 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12106 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12107 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12108
12109 if (a->address != b->address)
12110 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12111
12112 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12113 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12114 grouped. */
12115
12116 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12117 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12118 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12119
12120 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12121 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12122 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12123
12124 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12125 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12126 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12127
12128 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12129 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12130 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12131
12132 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12133 }
12134
12135 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12136 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12137 content of the bp_location array. */
12138
12139 static void
12140 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12141 {
12142 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12143
12144 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12145 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12146
12147 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12148 {
12149 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12150
12151 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12152 continue;
12153
12154 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12155 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12156
12157 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12158 addr = bl->address - start;
12159 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12160 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12161
12162 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12163
12164 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12165 addr = end - bl->address;
12166 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12167 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12168 }
12169 }
12170
12171 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12172
12173 static void
12174 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12175 {
12176 struct breakpoint *b;
12177 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12178
12179 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12180 return;
12181
12182 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12183
12184 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12185 {
12186 struct bp_location *bl;
12187 struct tracepoint *t;
12188 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12189
12190 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12191 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12192 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12193 continue;
12194
12195 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12196 {
12197 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12198 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12199 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12200 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12201 continue;
12202
12203 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12204
12205 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12206
12207 bl->inserted = 1;
12208 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12209 }
12210 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12211 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12212 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12213 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12214 }
12215
12216 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12217 }
12218
12219 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12220
12221 static void
12222 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12223 {
12224 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12225 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12226 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12227 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12228
12229 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12230 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12231 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12232 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12233 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12234
12235 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12236 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12237 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12238 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12239 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12240 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12241 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12242 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12243 }
12244
12245 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12246 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12247 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12248 the target. */
12249
12250 static void
12251 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12252 {
12253 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12254 struct bp_location *loc;
12255 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12256 int pspace_num;
12257
12258 address = bl->address;
12259 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12260
12261 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12262 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12263 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12264 side. */
12265 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12266 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12267 return;
12268
12269 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12270 the same program space as the location
12271 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12272 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12273 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12274 {
12275 loc = *loc2p;
12276
12277 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12278 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12279 continue;
12280
12281 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12282 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12283 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12284 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12285 that have already been marked. */
12286 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12287
12288 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12289 it later on. */
12290 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12291 {
12292 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12293 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12294 }
12295 }
12296 }
12297
12298 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12299 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12300 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12301 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12302 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12303 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12304 returns true on them.
12305
12306 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12307 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12308 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12309 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12310 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12311 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12312
12313 static void
12314 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12315 {
12316 struct breakpoint *b;
12317 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12318 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12319 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12320 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12321 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12322 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12323
12324 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12325 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12326 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12327 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12328 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12329 once. */
12330 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12331 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12332 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12333 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12334
12335 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12336 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12337 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12338 unsigned old_location_count;
12339
12340 old_location = bp_location;
12341 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12342 bp_location = NULL;
12343 bp_location_count = 0;
12344 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12345
12346 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12347 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12348 bp_location_count++;
12349
12350 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12351 locp = bp_location;
12352 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12353 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12354 *locp++ = loc;
12355 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12356 bp_location_compare);
12357
12358 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12359
12360 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12361 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12362 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12363 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12364 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12365 location.
12366
12367 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12368 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12369
12370 locp = bp_location;
12371 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12372 old_locp++)
12373 {
12374 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12375 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12376
12377 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12378 not, we have to free it. */
12379 int found_object = 0;
12380 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12381 int keep_in_target = 0;
12382 int removed = 0;
12383
12384 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12385 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12386 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12387 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12388 locp++;
12389
12390 for (loc2p = locp;
12391 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12392 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12393 loc2p++)
12394 {
12395 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12396 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12397 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12398 place there. */
12399 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12400 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12401 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12402 {
12403 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12404 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12405 }
12406
12407 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12408 found_object = 1;
12409 }
12410
12411 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12412 have to go through updates again. */
12413 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12414
12415 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12416 if (!found_object)
12417 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12418
12419 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12420 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12421 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12422 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12423 at certain location is not inserted. */
12424
12425 if (old_loc->inserted)
12426 {
12427 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12428 it. */
12429
12430 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12431 {
12432 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12433 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12434 keep_in_target = 1;
12435 }
12436 else
12437 {
12438 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12439 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12440 remove its target-side condition. */
12441
12442 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12443 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12444 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12445 this one from the target. */
12446
12447 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12448 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12449 {
12450 for (loc2p = locp;
12451 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12452 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12453 loc2p++)
12454 {
12455 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12456
12457 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12458 {
12459 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12460 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12461 supported, but the latter are. */
12462 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12463 {
12464 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12465 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12466 }
12467
12468 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12469 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12470 unduplicated. */
12471 if (loc2 != old_loc
12472 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12473 {
12474 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12475 keep_in_target = 1;
12476 break;
12477 }
12478 }
12479 }
12480 }
12481 }
12482
12483 if (!keep_in_target)
12484 {
12485 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12486 {
12487 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12488 this location on the global list, and try to
12489 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12490 reason why we will succeed next time.
12491
12492 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12493 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12494 only after calling us. */
12495 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12496 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12497 old_loc->owner->number);
12498 }
12499 removed = 1;
12500 }
12501 }
12502
12503 if (!found_object)
12504 {
12505 if (removed && non_stop
12506 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12507 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12508 {
12509 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12510 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12511 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12512 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12513 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12514 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12515 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12516 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12517 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12518 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12519 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12520 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12521 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12522 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12523 SIGTRAP.
12524
12525 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12526 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12527
12528 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12529 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12530 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12531 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12532 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12533 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12534 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12535 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12536 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12537 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12538 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12539 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12540 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12541 thread_count.
12542
12543 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12544 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12545 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12546 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12547
12548 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12549 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12550 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12551 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12552 traps we can no longer explain. */
12553
12554 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12555 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12556
12557 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12558 }
12559 else
12560 {
12561 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12562 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12563 }
12564 }
12565 }
12566
12567 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12568 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12569 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12570 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12571 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12572 are sorted first for the same address.
12573
12574 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12575 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12576
12577 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12578 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12579 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12580 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12581 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12582 {
12583 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12584 non-NULL. */
12585 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12586 b = loc->owner;
12587
12588 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12589 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12590 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12591 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12592 `struct bp_location'. */
12593 || is_tracepoint (b))
12594 {
12595 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12596 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12597 continue;
12598 }
12599
12600 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12601 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12602 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12603 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12604 "actually inserted"));
12605
12606 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12607 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12608 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12609 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12610 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12611 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12612 else
12613 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12614
12615 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12616 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12617 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12618 {
12619 *loc_first_p = loc;
12620 loc->duplicate = 0;
12621
12622 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12623 {
12624 loc->needs_update = 1;
12625 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12626 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12627 }
12628 continue;
12629 }
12630
12631
12632 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12633 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12634 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12635 if (loc->inserted)
12636 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12637 loc->duplicate = 1;
12638
12639 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12640 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12641
12642 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12643 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12644 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12645 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12646 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12647 }
12648
12649 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12650 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12651 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12652 {
12653 if (should_insert)
12654 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12655 else
12656 {
12657 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12658 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12659 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12660 "needs_update". */
12661 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12662 }
12663 }
12664
12665 if (should_insert)
12666 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12667
12668 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12669 }
12670
12671 void
12672 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12673 {
12674 struct bp_location *loc;
12675 int ix;
12676
12677 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12678 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12679 {
12680 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12681 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12682 --ix;
12683 }
12684 }
12685
12686 static void
12687 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12688 {
12689 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12690
12691 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12692 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12693 }
12694
12695 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12696
12697 static void
12698 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12699 {
12700 bpstat bs;
12701
12702 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12703 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12704 {
12705 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12706 bs->old_val = NULL;
12707 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12708 }
12709 }
12710
12711 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12712 static int
12713 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12714 {
12715 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12716
12717 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12718 return 0;
12719 }
12720
12721 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12722 callbacks. */
12723
12724 static void
12725 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12726 {
12727 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12728 struct value_print_options opts;
12729
12730 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12731
12732 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12733 single string. */
12734 if (b->loc == NULL)
12735 {
12736 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12737 }
12738 else
12739 {
12740 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
12741 {
12742 printf_filtered (" at ");
12743 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12744 gdb_stdout);
12745 }
12746 if (b->loc->source_file)
12747 {
12748 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12749 more nicely. */
12750 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12751 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12752 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
12753 else
12754 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12755 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12756 real situation somewhat. */
12757 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12758 }
12759
12760 if (b->loc->next)
12761 {
12762 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12763 int n = 0;
12764 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12765 ++n;
12766 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12767 }
12768 }
12769 }
12770
12771 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12772
12773 static void
12774 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12775 {
12776 xfree (self->cond);
12777 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12778 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12779 xfree (self->function_name);
12780 xfree (self->source_file);
12781 }
12782
12783 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12784 {
12785 bp_location_dtor
12786 };
12787
12788 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12789 inherit from. */
12790
12791 static void
12792 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12793 {
12794 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12795 xfree (self->cond_string);
12796 xfree (self->addr_string);
12797 xfree (self->filter);
12798 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12799 }
12800
12801 static struct bp_location *
12802 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12803 {
12804 struct bp_location *loc;
12805
12806 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12807 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12808 return loc;
12809 }
12810
12811 static void
12812 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12813 {
12814 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12815 }
12816
12817 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12818 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12819
12820 static int
12821 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12822 {
12823 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12824 }
12825
12826 static int
12827 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12828 {
12829 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12830 }
12831
12832 static int
12833 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12834 struct address_space *aspace,
12835 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12836 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12837 {
12838 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12839 }
12840
12841 static void
12842 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12843 {
12844 /* Always stop. */
12845 }
12846
12847 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12848 errors. */
12849
12850 static int
12851 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12852 {
12853 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12854 }
12855
12856 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12857 errors. */
12858
12859 static int
12860 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12861 {
12862 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12863 }
12864
12865 static enum print_stop_action
12866 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12867 {
12868 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12869 }
12870
12871 static void
12872 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12873 struct ui_out *uiout)
12874 {
12875 /* nothing */
12876 }
12877
12878 static void
12879 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12880 {
12881 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12882 }
12883
12884 static void
12885 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12886 {
12887 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12888 }
12889
12890 static void
12891 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12892 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12893 enum bptype type_wanted,
12894 char *addr_start,
12895 char **copy_arg)
12896 {
12897 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12898 }
12899
12900 static void
12901 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12902 struct linespec_result *c,
12903 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12904 char *cond_string,
12905 char *extra_string,
12906 enum bptype type_wanted,
12907 enum bpdisp disposition,
12908 int thread,
12909 int task, int ignore_count,
12910 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12911 int from_tty, int enabled,
12912 int internal, unsigned flags)
12913 {
12914 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12915 }
12916
12917 static void
12918 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12919 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12920 {
12921 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12922 }
12923
12924 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12925
12926 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12927 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b)
12928 {
12929 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
12930 }
12931
12932 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12933 {
12934 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12935 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12936 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12937 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12938 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12939 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12940 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12941 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12942 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12943 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12944 NULL,
12945 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12946 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12947 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12948 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12949 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12950 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12951 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12952 };
12953
12954 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12955
12956 static void
12957 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12958 {
12959 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12960 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12961 {
12962 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12963 delete_breakpoint (b);
12964 return;
12965 }
12966
12967 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12968 }
12969
12970 static int
12971 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12972 {
12973 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12974 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12975 &bl->target_info);
12976 else
12977 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12978 &bl->target_info);
12979 }
12980
12981 static int
12982 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12983 {
12984 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12985 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12986 else
12987 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12988 }
12989
12990 static int
12991 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12992 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12993 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12994 {
12995 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12996
12997 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12998 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12999 return 0;
13000
13001 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13002 aspace, bp_addr))
13003 return 0;
13004
13005 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13006 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13007 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13008 return 0;
13009
13010 return 1;
13011 }
13012
13013 static int
13014 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13015 {
13016 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13017
13018 return 1;
13019 }
13020
13021 static enum print_stop_action
13022 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13023 {
13024 struct breakpoint *b;
13025 const struct bp_location *bl;
13026 int bp_temp;
13027 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13028
13029 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13030
13031 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13032 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13033
13034 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13035 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13036 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13037 bl->address,
13038 b->number, 1);
13039 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13040 if (bp_temp)
13041 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13042 else
13043 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13044 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13045 {
13046 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13047 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13048 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13049 }
13050 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13051 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13052
13053 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13054 }
13055
13056 static void
13057 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13058 {
13059 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13060 return;
13061
13062 switch (b->type)
13063 {
13064 case bp_breakpoint:
13065 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13066 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13067 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13068 else
13069 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13070 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13071 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13072 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13073 break;
13074 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13075 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13076 break;
13077 case bp_dprintf:
13078 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13079 break;
13080 }
13081
13082 say_where (b);
13083 }
13084
13085 static void
13086 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13087 {
13088 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13089 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13090 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13091 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13092 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13093 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13094 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13095 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13096 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13097 else
13098 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13099 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13100
13101 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13102 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13103 }
13104
13105 static void
13106 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13107 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13108 enum bptype type_wanted,
13109 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13110 {
13111 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13112 addr_start, copy_arg);
13113 }
13114
13115 static void
13116 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13117 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13118 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13119 char *cond_string,
13120 char *extra_string,
13121 enum bptype type_wanted,
13122 enum bpdisp disposition,
13123 int thread,
13124 int task, int ignore_count,
13125 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13126 int from_tty, int enabled,
13127 int internal, unsigned flags)
13128 {
13129 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13130 cond_string, extra_string,
13131 type_wanted,
13132 disposition, thread, task,
13133 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13134 enabled, internal, flags);
13135 }
13136
13137 static void
13138 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13139 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13140 {
13141 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13142 }
13143
13144 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13145
13146 static void
13147 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13148 {
13149 switch (b->type)
13150 {
13151 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13152 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13153 case bp_overlay_event:
13154 case bp_longjmp_master:
13155 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13156 case bp_exception_master:
13157 delete_breakpoint (b);
13158 break;
13159
13160 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13161 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13162 case bp_shlib_event:
13163
13164 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13165 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13166 case bp_thread_event:
13167 break;
13168 }
13169 }
13170
13171 static void
13172 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13173 {
13174 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13175 {
13176 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13177 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13178 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13179 objects (among other things). */
13180 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13181 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13182 }
13183 else
13184 bs->stop = 0;
13185 }
13186
13187 static enum print_stop_action
13188 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13189 {
13190 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13191 struct breakpoint *b;
13192
13193 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13194
13195 switch (b->type)
13196 {
13197 case bp_shlib_event:
13198 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13199 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13200 to shlib event" message.) */
13201 print_solib_event (0);
13202 break;
13203
13204 case bp_thread_event:
13205 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13206 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13207 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13208 break;
13209
13210 case bp_overlay_event:
13211 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13212 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13213 break;
13214
13215 case bp_longjmp_master:
13216 /* These should never be enabled. */
13217 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13218 break;
13219
13220 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13221 /* These should never be enabled. */
13222 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13223 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13224 break;
13225
13226 case bp_exception_master:
13227 /* These should never be enabled. */
13228 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13229 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13230 break;
13231 }
13232
13233 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13234 }
13235
13236 static void
13237 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13238 {
13239 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13240 }
13241
13242 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13243
13244 static void
13245 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13246 {
13247 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13248 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13249 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13250 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13251 }
13252
13253 static void
13254 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13255 {
13256 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13257 }
13258
13259 static enum print_stop_action
13260 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13261 {
13262 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13263
13264 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13265 {
13266 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13267
13268 switch (b->type)
13269 {
13270 case bp_finish:
13271 ui_out_field_string
13272 (uiout, "reason",
13273 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13274 break;
13275
13276 case bp_until:
13277 ui_out_field_string
13278 (uiout, "reason",
13279 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13280 break;
13281 }
13282 }
13283
13284 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13285 }
13286
13287 static void
13288 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13289 {
13290 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13291 }
13292
13293 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13294
13295 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13296 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13297
13298 static void
13299 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13300 {
13301 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13302
13303 if (tp)
13304 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13305
13306 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13307 }
13308
13309 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13310
13311 static int
13312 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13313 {
13314 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13315
13316 if (v == 0)
13317 {
13318 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13319 if needed. */
13320 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13321 }
13322
13323 return v;
13324 }
13325
13326 static int
13327 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13328 {
13329 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13330 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13331
13332 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13333 }
13334
13335 static void
13336 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13337 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13338 enum bptype type_wanted,
13339 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13340 {
13341 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13342
13343 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13344
13345 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13346 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13347
13348 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13349 }
13350
13351 static void
13352 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13353 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13354 {
13355 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13356 if (!sals->sals)
13357 error (_("probe not found"));
13358 }
13359
13360 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13361
13362 static void
13363 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13364 {
13365 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13366 }
13367
13368 static int
13369 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13370 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13371 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13372 {
13373 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13374 tracepoints. */
13375 return 0;
13376 }
13377
13378 static void
13379 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13380 struct ui_out *uiout)
13381 {
13382 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13383 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13384 {
13385 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13386
13387 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13388 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13389 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13390 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13391 }
13392 }
13393
13394 static void
13395 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13396 {
13397 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13398 return;
13399
13400 switch (b->type)
13401 {
13402 case bp_tracepoint:
13403 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13404 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13405 break;
13406 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13407 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13408 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13409 break;
13410 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13411 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13412 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13413 break;
13414 default:
13415 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13416 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13417 }
13418
13419 say_where (b);
13420 }
13421
13422 static void
13423 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13424 {
13425 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13426
13427 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13428 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13429 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13430 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13431 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13432 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13433 else
13434 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13435 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13436
13437 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13438 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13439
13440 if (tp->pass_count)
13441 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13442 }
13443
13444 static void
13445 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13446 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13447 enum bptype type_wanted,
13448 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13449 {
13450 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13451 addr_start, copy_arg);
13452 }
13453
13454 static void
13455 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13456 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13457 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13458 char *cond_string,
13459 char *extra_string,
13460 enum bptype type_wanted,
13461 enum bpdisp disposition,
13462 int thread,
13463 int task, int ignore_count,
13464 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13465 int from_tty, int enabled,
13466 int internal, unsigned flags)
13467 {
13468 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13469 cond_string, extra_string,
13470 type_wanted,
13471 disposition, thread, task,
13472 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13473 enabled, internal, flags);
13474 }
13475
13476 static void
13477 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13478 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13479 {
13480 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13481 }
13482
13483 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13484
13485 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13486 static probe. */
13487
13488 static void
13489 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13490 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13491 enum bptype type_wanted,
13492 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13493 {
13494 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13495 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13496 addr_start, copy_arg);
13497 }
13498
13499 static void
13500 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13501 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13502 {
13503 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13504 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13505 }
13506
13507 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13508
13509 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13510 markers (`-m'). */
13511
13512 static void
13513 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13514 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13515 enum bptype type_wanted,
13516 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13517 {
13518 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13519
13520 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13521
13522 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13523
13524 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13525 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13526 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13527 }
13528
13529 static void
13530 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13531 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13532 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13533 char *cond_string,
13534 char *extra_string,
13535 enum bptype type_wanted,
13536 enum bpdisp disposition,
13537 int thread,
13538 int task, int ignore_count,
13539 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13540 int from_tty, int enabled,
13541 int internal, unsigned flags)
13542 {
13543 int i;
13544
13545 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13546 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13547 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13548 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13549 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13550 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13551
13552 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13553 {
13554 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13555 struct tracepoint *tp;
13556 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13557 char *addr_string;
13558
13559 expanded.nelts = 1;
13560 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13561
13562 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13563 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13564
13565 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13566 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13567 addr_string, NULL,
13568 cond_string, extra_string,
13569 type_wanted, disposition,
13570 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13571 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13572 canonical->special_display);
13573 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13574 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13575 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13576 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13577 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13578 corresponds to this one */
13579 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13580
13581 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13582
13583 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13584 }
13585 }
13586
13587 static void
13588 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13589 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13590 {
13591 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13592
13593 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13594 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13595 {
13596 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13597 sals->nelts = 1;
13598 }
13599 else
13600 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13601 }
13602
13603 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13604
13605 static int
13606 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13607 {
13608 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13609 }
13610
13611 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13612 structures. */
13613
13614 void
13615 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13616 {
13617 struct breakpoint *b;
13618
13619 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13620
13621 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13622 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13623 especial culprits.
13624
13625 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13626 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13627 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13628 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13629 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13630 deleted.
13631
13632 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13633 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13634 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13635 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13636 was chosen. */
13637 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13638 return;
13639
13640 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13641 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13642 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13643 {
13644 struct breakpoint *related;
13645 struct watchpoint *w;
13646
13647 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13648 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13649 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13650 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13651 else
13652 w = NULL;
13653 if (w != NULL)
13654 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13655
13656 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13657 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13658 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13659 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13660 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13661 }
13662
13663 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13664 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13665 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13666 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13667 if (bpt->number)
13668 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13669
13670 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13671 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13672
13673 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13674 if (b->next == bpt)
13675 {
13676 b->next = bpt->next;
13677 break;
13678 }
13679
13680 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13681 been freed. */
13682 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13683 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13684 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13685 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13686 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13687 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13688 commands won't work. */
13689
13690 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13691
13692 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13693 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13694 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13695 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13696 might be better design to have location completely
13697 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13698 update_global_location_list (0);
13699
13700 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13701 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13702 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13703 bpt->type = bp_none;
13704 xfree (bpt);
13705 }
13706
13707 static void
13708 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13709 {
13710 delete_breakpoint (b);
13711 }
13712
13713 struct cleanup *
13714 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13715 {
13716 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13717 }
13718
13719 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13720 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13721
13722 static void
13723 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13724 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13725 void *),
13726 void *data)
13727 {
13728 struct breakpoint *related;
13729
13730 related = b;
13731 do
13732 {
13733 struct breakpoint *next;
13734
13735 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13736 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13737
13738 if (next == related)
13739 {
13740 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13741 function (related, data);
13742
13743 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13744 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13745 out. */
13746 break;
13747 }
13748 else
13749 function (related, data);
13750
13751 related = next;
13752 }
13753 while (related != b);
13754 }
13755
13756 static void
13757 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13758 {
13759 delete_breakpoint (b);
13760 }
13761
13762 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13763 delete_breakpoint. */
13764
13765 static void
13766 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13767 {
13768 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13769 }
13770
13771 void
13772 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13773 {
13774 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13775
13776 dont_repeat ();
13777
13778 if (arg == 0)
13779 {
13780 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13781
13782 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13783 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13784 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13785 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13786 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13787 {
13788 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13789 break;
13790 }
13791
13792 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13793 if (!from_tty
13794 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13795 {
13796 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13797 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13798 delete_breakpoint (b);
13799 }
13800 }
13801 else
13802 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13803 }
13804
13805 static int
13806 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13807 {
13808 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13809 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13810 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13811 return 0;
13812 return 1;
13813 }
13814
13815 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13816 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13817 Null names are ignored. */
13818
13819 static int
13820 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13821 {
13822 struct bp_location *l;
13823 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13824 (int (*) (const void *,
13825 const void *)) streq,
13826 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13827
13828 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13829 {
13830 const char **slot;
13831 const char *name = l->function_name;
13832
13833 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13834 if (name == NULL)
13835 continue;
13836
13837 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13838 INSERT);
13839 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13840 returns NULL. */
13841 if (*slot != NULL)
13842 {
13843 htab_delete (htab);
13844 return 1;
13845 }
13846 *slot = name;
13847 }
13848
13849 htab_delete (htab);
13850 return 0;
13851 }
13852
13853 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13854 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13855 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13856 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13857 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13858 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13859 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13860 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13861 The heuristic is:
13862
13863 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13864 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13865 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13866 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13867 in the sources, and output a warning.
13868
13869 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13870 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13871 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13872 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13873 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13874 warning.
13875
13876 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13877 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13878 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13879 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13880 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13881 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13882 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13883 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13884 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13885
13886 static struct symtab_and_line
13887 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13888 {
13889 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13890 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13891 CORE_ADDR pc;
13892
13893 pc = sal.pc;
13894 if (sal.line)
13895 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13896
13897 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13898 {
13899 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13900 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13901 b->number,
13902 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13903
13904 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13905 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13906 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13907
13908 return sal;
13909 }
13910
13911 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13912 by string ID. */
13913 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13914 && sal.line != 0
13915 && sal.symtab != NULL
13916 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13917 {
13918 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13919
13920 markers
13921 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13922
13923 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13924 {
13925 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13926 struct symbol *sym;
13927 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13928 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13929
13930 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13931
13932 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13933 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13934
13935 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13936 "found at previous line number"),
13937 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13938
13939 init_sal (&sal2);
13940
13941 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13942
13943 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13944 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13945 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13946 if (sym)
13947 {
13948 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13949 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13950 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13951 }
13952 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
13953 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13954
13955 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13956 {
13957 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13958
13959 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13960 }
13961
13962 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13963 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13964
13965 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13966
13967 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
13968 if (sym)
13969 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
13970 else
13971 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
13972
13973 xfree (b->addr_string);
13974 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13975 sal2.symtab->filename,
13976 b->loc->line_number);
13977
13978 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13979 so. */
13980
13981 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13982 }
13983 }
13984 return sal;
13985 }
13986
13987 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13988 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13989
13990 static int
13991 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13992 {
13993 while (a && b)
13994 {
13995 if (a->address != b->address)
13996 return 0;
13997
13998 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13999 return 0;
14000
14001 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14002 return 0;
14003
14004 a = a->next;
14005 b = b->next;
14006 }
14007
14008 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14009 return 0;
14010
14011 return 1;
14012 }
14013
14014 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14015 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14016 a ranged breakpoint. */
14017
14018 void
14019 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14020 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14021 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14022 {
14023 int i;
14024 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14025
14026 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14027 {
14028 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14029 location. */
14030 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14031 update_global_location_list (1);
14032 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14033 "multiple locations found\n"),
14034 b->number);
14035 return;
14036 }
14037
14038 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14039 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14040 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14041 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14042 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14043 individual locations. */
14044 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14045 return;
14046
14047 b->loc = NULL;
14048
14049 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14050 {
14051 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14052
14053 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14054
14055 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14056
14057 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14058 old symtab. */
14059 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14060 {
14061 char *s;
14062 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14063
14064 s = b->cond_string;
14065 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14066 {
14067 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14068 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14069 0);
14070 }
14071 if (e.reason < 0)
14072 {
14073 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14074 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14075 b->number, e.message);
14076 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14077 }
14078 }
14079
14080 if (sals_end.nelts)
14081 {
14082 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14083
14084 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14085 }
14086 }
14087
14088 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14089 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14090 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14091
14092 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14093 breakpoints. */
14094 {
14095 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14096 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14097 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14098 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14099 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14100 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14101 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14102
14103 for (; e; e = e->next)
14104 {
14105 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14106 {
14107 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14108 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14109 {
14110 for (; l; l = l->next)
14111 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14112 {
14113 l->enabled = 0;
14114 break;
14115 }
14116 }
14117 else
14118 {
14119 for (; l; l = l->next)
14120 if (l->function_name
14121 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14122 {
14123 l->enabled = 0;
14124 break;
14125 }
14126 }
14127 }
14128 }
14129 }
14130
14131 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14132 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14133
14134 update_global_location_list (1);
14135 }
14136
14137 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14138 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14139
14140 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14141 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14142 {
14143 char *s;
14144 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14145 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14146
14147 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14148 s = addr_string;
14149
14150 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14151 {
14152 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14153 }
14154 if (e.reason < 0)
14155 {
14156 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14157 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14158 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14159 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14160 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14161 state, then user already saw the message about that
14162 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14163 errors. */
14164 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14165 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14166 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14167 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14168 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14169 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14170
14171 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14172 {
14173 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14174 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14175 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14176 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14177 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14178 which approach is better. */
14179 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14180 throw_exception (e);
14181 }
14182 }
14183
14184 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14185 {
14186 int i;
14187
14188 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14189 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14190 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14191 {
14192 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14193 int thread, task;
14194
14195 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14196 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14197 &extra_string);
14198 if (cond_string)
14199 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14200 b->thread = thread;
14201 b->task = task;
14202 if (extra_string)
14203 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14204 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14205 }
14206
14207 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14208 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14209
14210 *found = 1;
14211 }
14212 else
14213 *found = 0;
14214
14215 return sals;
14216 }
14217
14218 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14219 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14220 locations. */
14221
14222 static void
14223 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14224 {
14225 int found;
14226 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14227 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14228 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14229
14230 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14231 if (found)
14232 {
14233 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14234 expanded = sals;
14235 }
14236
14237 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14238 {
14239 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14240 if (found)
14241 {
14242 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14243 expanded_end = sals_end;
14244 }
14245 }
14246
14247 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14248 }
14249
14250 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14251 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14252
14253 static void
14254 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14255 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14256 enum bptype type_wanted,
14257 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14258 {
14259 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14260 }
14261
14262 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14263 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14264 breakpoint_ops. */
14265
14266 static void
14267 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14268 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14269 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14270 char *cond_string,
14271 char *extra_string,
14272 enum bptype type_wanted,
14273 enum bpdisp disposition,
14274 int thread,
14275 int task, int ignore_count,
14276 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14277 int from_tty, int enabled,
14278 int internal, unsigned flags)
14279 {
14280 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14281 extra_string,
14282 type_wanted, disposition,
14283 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14284 enabled, internal, flags);
14285 }
14286
14287 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14288 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14289
14290 static void
14291 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14292 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14293 {
14294 struct linespec_result canonical;
14295
14296 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14297 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14298 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14299 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14300 b->filter);
14301
14302 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14303 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14304
14305 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14306 {
14307 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14308
14309 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14310 *sals = lsal->sals;
14311 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14312 contents. */
14313 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14314 }
14315
14316 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14317 }
14318
14319 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14320
14321 static struct cleanup *
14322 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14323 {
14324 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14325
14326 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14327 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14328 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14329 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14330 set_language (b->language);
14331
14332 return cleanups;
14333 }
14334
14335 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14336 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14337 Unused in this case. */
14338
14339 static int
14340 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14341 {
14342 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14343 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14344 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14345
14346 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14347 b->ops->re_set (b);
14348 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14349 return 0;
14350 }
14351
14352 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14353 void
14354 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14355 {
14356 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14357 enum language save_language;
14358 int save_input_radix;
14359 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14360
14361 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14362 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14363 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14364
14365 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14366 {
14367 /* Format possible error msg. */
14368 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14369 b->number);
14370 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14371 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14372 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14373 }
14374 set_language (save_language);
14375 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14376
14377 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14378
14379 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14380
14381 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14382 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14383 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14384 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14385 }
14386 \f
14387 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14388
14389 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14390 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14391 void
14392 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14393 {
14394 if (b->thread != -1)
14395 {
14396 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14397 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14398
14399 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14400 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14401 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14402 as well. */
14403 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14404 }
14405 }
14406
14407 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14408 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14409 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14410
14411 void
14412 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14413 {
14414 struct breakpoint *b;
14415
14416 if (count < 0)
14417 count = 0;
14418
14419 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14420 if (b->number == bptnum)
14421 {
14422 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14423 {
14424 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14425 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14426 bptnum);
14427 return;
14428 }
14429
14430 b->ignore_count = count;
14431 if (from_tty)
14432 {
14433 if (count == 0)
14434 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14435 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14436 bptnum);
14437 else if (count == 1)
14438 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14439 bptnum);
14440 else
14441 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14442 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14443 count, bptnum);
14444 }
14445 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14446 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14447 return;
14448 }
14449
14450 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14451 }
14452
14453 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14454
14455 static void
14456 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14457 {
14458 char *p = args;
14459 int num;
14460
14461 if (p == 0)
14462 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14463
14464 num = get_number (&p);
14465 if (num == 0)
14466 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14467 if (*p == 0)
14468 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14469
14470 set_ignore_count (num,
14471 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14472 from_tty);
14473 if (from_tty)
14474 printf_filtered ("\n");
14475 }
14476 \f
14477 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14478 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14479
14480 static void
14481 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14482 void *),
14483 void *data)
14484 {
14485 int num;
14486 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14487 int match;
14488 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14489
14490 if (args == 0)
14491 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14492
14493 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14494
14495 while (!state.finished)
14496 {
14497 char *p = state.string;
14498
14499 match = 0;
14500
14501 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14502 if (num == 0)
14503 {
14504 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14505 }
14506 else
14507 {
14508 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14509 if (b->number == num)
14510 {
14511 match = 1;
14512 function (b, data);
14513 break;
14514 }
14515 if (match == 0)
14516 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14517 }
14518 }
14519 }
14520
14521 static struct bp_location *
14522 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14523 {
14524 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14525 char *p1;
14526 int bp_num;
14527 int loc_num;
14528 struct breakpoint *b;
14529 struct bp_location *loc;
14530
14531 *dot = '\0';
14532
14533 p1 = number;
14534 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14535 if (bp_num == 0)
14536 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14537
14538 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14539 if (b->number == bp_num)
14540 {
14541 break;
14542 }
14543
14544 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14545 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14546
14547 p1 = dot+1;
14548 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14549 if (loc_num == 0)
14550 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14551
14552 --loc_num;
14553 loc = b->loc;
14554 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14555 ;
14556 if (!loc)
14557 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14558
14559 return loc;
14560 }
14561
14562
14563 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14564 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14565 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14566
14567 void
14568 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14569 {
14570 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14571 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14572 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14573 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14574 return;
14575
14576 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14577 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14578 return;
14579
14580 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14581
14582 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14583 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14584
14585 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14586 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14587 {
14588 struct bp_location *location;
14589
14590 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14591 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14592 }
14593
14594 update_global_location_list (0);
14595
14596 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14597 }
14598
14599 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14600
14601 static void
14602 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14603 {
14604 disable_breakpoint (b);
14605 }
14606
14607 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14608 disable_breakpoint. */
14609
14610 static void
14611 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14612 {
14613 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14614 }
14615
14616 static void
14617 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14618 {
14619 if (args == 0)
14620 {
14621 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14622
14623 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14624 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14625 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14626 }
14627 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14628 {
14629 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14630 if (loc)
14631 {
14632 if (loc->enabled)
14633 {
14634 loc->enabled = 0;
14635 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14636 }
14637 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14638 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14639 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14640 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14641 }
14642 update_global_location_list (0);
14643 }
14644 else
14645 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14646 }
14647
14648 static void
14649 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14650 int count)
14651 {
14652 int target_resources_ok;
14653
14654 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14655 {
14656 int i;
14657 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14658 target_resources_ok =
14659 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14660 i + 1, 0);
14661 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14662 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14663 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14664 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14665 }
14666
14667 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14668 {
14669 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14670 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14671 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14672
14673 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14674 {
14675 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14676
14677 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14678 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14679 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14680 }
14681 if (e.reason < 0)
14682 {
14683 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14684 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14685 bpt->number);
14686 return;
14687 }
14688 }
14689
14690 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14691 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14692
14693 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14694
14695 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14696 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14697
14698 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14699 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14700 {
14701 struct bp_location *location;
14702
14703 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14704 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14705 }
14706
14707 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14708 bpt->enable_count = count;
14709 update_global_location_list (1);
14710 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14711
14712 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14713 }
14714
14715
14716 void
14717 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14718 {
14719 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14720 }
14721
14722 static void
14723 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14724 {
14725 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14726 }
14727
14728 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14729 enable_breakpoint. */
14730
14731 static void
14732 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14733 {
14734 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14735 }
14736
14737 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14738 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14739 in stopping the inferior. */
14740
14741 static void
14742 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14743 {
14744 if (args == 0)
14745 {
14746 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14747
14748 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14749 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14750 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14751 }
14752 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14753 {
14754 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14755 if (loc)
14756 {
14757 if (!loc->enabled)
14758 {
14759 loc->enabled = 1;
14760 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14761 }
14762 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14763 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14764 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14765 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14766 }
14767 update_global_location_list (1);
14768 }
14769 else
14770 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14771 }
14772
14773 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14774 breakpoints. */
14775
14776 struct disp_data
14777 {
14778 enum bpdisp disp;
14779 int count;
14780 };
14781
14782 static void
14783 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14784 {
14785 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14786
14787 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14788 }
14789
14790 static void
14791 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14792 {
14793 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14794
14795 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14796 }
14797
14798 static void
14799 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14800 {
14801 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14802 }
14803
14804 static void
14805 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14806 {
14807 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14808
14809 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14810 }
14811
14812 static void
14813 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14814 {
14815 int count = get_number (&args);
14816
14817 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14818 }
14819
14820 static void
14821 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14822 {
14823 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14824
14825 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14826 }
14827
14828 static void
14829 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14830 {
14831 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14832 }
14833 \f
14834 static void
14835 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14836 {
14837 }
14838
14839 static void
14840 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14841 {
14842 }
14843
14844 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14845 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14846 GDB itself. */
14847
14848 static void
14849 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14850 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14851 const bfd_byte *data)
14852 {
14853 struct breakpoint *bp;
14854
14855 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14856 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14857 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14858 {
14859 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14860
14861 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14862 {
14863 struct bp_location *loc;
14864
14865 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14866 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14867 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14868 && addr + len > loc->address)
14869 {
14870 value_free (wp->val);
14871 wp->val = NULL;
14872 wp->val_valid = 0;
14873 }
14874 }
14875 }
14876 }
14877
14878 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14879 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14880 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14881 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14882 someday. */
14883
14884 void *
14885 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14886 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14887 {
14888 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14889
14890 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14891
14892 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14893 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14894
14895 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14896 {
14897 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14898 xfree (bp_tgt);
14899 return NULL;
14900 }
14901
14902 return bp_tgt;
14903 }
14904
14905 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14906 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14907
14908 int
14909 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14910 {
14911 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14912 int ret;
14913
14914 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14915 xfree (bp_tgt);
14916
14917 return ret;
14918 }
14919
14920 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14921 stepping. */
14922
14923 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14924 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14925
14926 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14927
14928 void
14929 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14930 struct address_space *aspace,
14931 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14932 {
14933 void **bpt_p;
14934
14935 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14936 {
14937 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14938 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14939 }
14940 else
14941 {
14942 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14943 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14944 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14945 }
14946
14947 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14948 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14949 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14950 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14951 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14952 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14953
14954 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14955 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14956 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14957 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14958 }
14959
14960 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14961 were inserted or not. */
14962
14963 int
14964 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14965 {
14966 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14967 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14968 }
14969
14970 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14971
14972 void
14973 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14974 {
14975 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14976
14977 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14978 call. */
14979 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14980 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14981 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14982 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14983
14984 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14985 {
14986 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14987 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14988 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14989 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14990 }
14991 }
14992
14993 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14994 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14995 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14996 exec. */
14997
14998 void
14999 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15000 {
15001 int i;
15002
15003 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15004 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15005 {
15006 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15007 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
15008 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
15009 }
15010 }
15011
15012 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15013 removing them. */
15014
15015 static void
15016 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15017 {
15018 int i;
15019
15020 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15021 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15022 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
15023 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15024 }
15025
15026 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15027 PC. */
15028
15029 static int
15030 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15031 CORE_ADDR pc)
15032 {
15033 int i;
15034
15035 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15036 {
15037 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15038 if (bp_tgt
15039 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15040 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15041 aspace, pc))
15042 return 1;
15043 }
15044
15045 return 0;
15046 }
15047
15048 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15049 non-zero otherwise. */
15050 static int
15051 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15052 {
15053 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15054 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15055 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15056 return 1;
15057 else
15058 return 0;
15059 }
15060
15061 int
15062 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15063 {
15064 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15065 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15066
15067 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15068 }
15069
15070 int
15071 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15072 {
15073 struct breakpoint *bp;
15074
15075 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15076 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15077 {
15078 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15079
15080 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15081 {
15082 int i, iter;
15083 for (i = 0;
15084 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15085 i++)
15086 if (syscall_number == iter)
15087 return 1;
15088 }
15089 else
15090 return 1;
15091 }
15092
15093 return 0;
15094 }
15095
15096 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15097 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15098 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15099 char *text, char *word)
15100 {
15101 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15102 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15103 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15104
15105 xfree (list);
15106 return retlist;
15107 }
15108
15109 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15110
15111 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15112 static void
15113 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15114 {
15115 tracepoint_count = num;
15116 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15117 }
15118
15119 static void
15120 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15121 {
15122 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15123 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15124
15125 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15126 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15127 else
15128 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15129
15130 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15131 arg,
15132 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15133 0 /* tempflag */,
15134 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15135 0 /* Ignore count */,
15136 pending_break_support,
15137 ops,
15138 from_tty,
15139 1 /* enabled */,
15140 0 /* internal */, 0);
15141 }
15142
15143 static void
15144 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15145 {
15146 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15147 arg,
15148 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15149 0 /* tempflag */,
15150 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15151 0 /* Ignore count */,
15152 pending_break_support,
15153 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15154 from_tty,
15155 1 /* enabled */,
15156 0 /* internal */, 0);
15157 }
15158
15159 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15160
15161 static void
15162 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15163 {
15164 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15165
15166 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15167 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15168 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15169 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15170 else
15171 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15172
15173 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15174 arg,
15175 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15176 0 /* tempflag */,
15177 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15178 0 /* Ignore count */,
15179 pending_break_support,
15180 ops,
15181 from_tty,
15182 1 /* enabled */,
15183 0 /* internal */, 0);
15184 }
15185
15186 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15187 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15188
15189 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15190 static int next_cmd;
15191
15192 static char *
15193 read_uploaded_action (void)
15194 {
15195 char *rslt;
15196
15197 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15198
15199 next_cmd++;
15200
15201 return rslt;
15202 }
15203
15204 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15205 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15206 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15207 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15208 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15209
15210 struct tracepoint *
15211 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15212 {
15213 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15214 struct tracepoint *tp;
15215
15216 if (utp->at_string)
15217 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15218 else
15219 {
15220 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15221 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15222 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15223 user. */
15224 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15225 "source location, using raw address"),
15226 utp->number);
15227 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15228 addr_str = small_buf;
15229 }
15230
15231 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15232 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15233 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15234 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15235 utp->number);
15236
15237 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15238 addr_str,
15239 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15240 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15241 0 /* tempflag */,
15242 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15243 0 /* Ignore count */,
15244 pending_break_support,
15245 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15246 0 /* from_tty */,
15247 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15248 0 /* internal */,
15249 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15250 return NULL;
15251
15252 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15253 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15254 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15255
15256 if (utp->pass > 0)
15257 {
15258 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15259 tp->base.number);
15260
15261 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15262 }
15263
15264 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15265 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15266 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15267 function. */
15268 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15269 {
15270 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15271
15272 this_utp = utp;
15273 next_cmd = 0;
15274
15275 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15276
15277 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15278 }
15279 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15280 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15281 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15282 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15283 utp->number);
15284
15285 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15286 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15287 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15288
15289 return tp;
15290 }
15291
15292 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15293 omitted. */
15294
15295 static void
15296 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15297 {
15298 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15299 int num_printed;
15300
15301 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15302
15303 if (num_printed == 0)
15304 {
15305 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15306 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15307 else
15308 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15309 }
15310
15311 default_collect_info ();
15312 }
15313
15314 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15315 Not supported by all targets. */
15316 static void
15317 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15318 {
15319 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15320 }
15321
15322 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15323 Not supported by all targets. */
15324 static void
15325 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15326 {
15327 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15328 }
15329
15330 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15331 static void
15332 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15333 {
15334 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15335
15336 dont_repeat ();
15337
15338 if (arg == 0)
15339 {
15340 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15341
15342 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15343 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15344 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15345 argument. */
15346 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15347 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15348 {
15349 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15350 break;
15351 }
15352
15353 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15354 if (!from_tty
15355 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15356 {
15357 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15358 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15359 delete_breakpoint (b);
15360 }
15361 }
15362 else
15363 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15364 }
15365
15366 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15367
15368 static void
15369 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15370 {
15371 tp->pass_count = count;
15372 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15373 if (from_tty)
15374 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15375 tp->base.number, count);
15376 }
15377
15378 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15379
15380 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15381 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15382 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15383
15384 static void
15385 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15386 {
15387 struct tracepoint *t1;
15388 unsigned int count;
15389
15390 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15391 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15392 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15393
15394 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15395
15396 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
15397 args++;
15398
15399 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15400 {
15401 struct breakpoint *b;
15402
15403 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15404 if (*args)
15405 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15406
15407 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15408 {
15409 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15410 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15411 }
15412 }
15413 else if (*args == '\0')
15414 {
15415 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15416 if (t1)
15417 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15418 }
15419 else
15420 {
15421 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15422
15423 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15424 while (!state.finished)
15425 {
15426 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15427 if (t1)
15428 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15429 }
15430 }
15431 }
15432
15433 struct tracepoint *
15434 get_tracepoint (int num)
15435 {
15436 struct breakpoint *t;
15437
15438 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15439 if (t->number == num)
15440 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15441
15442 return NULL;
15443 }
15444
15445 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15446 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15447 reconnecting). */
15448
15449 struct tracepoint *
15450 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15451 {
15452 struct breakpoint *b;
15453
15454 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15455 {
15456 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15457
15458 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15459 return t;
15460 }
15461
15462 return NULL;
15463 }
15464
15465 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15466 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15467 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15468 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15469 struct tracepoint *
15470 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15471 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15472 int optional_p)
15473 {
15474 struct breakpoint *t;
15475 int tpnum;
15476 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15477
15478 if (state)
15479 {
15480 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15481 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15482 }
15483 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15484 {
15485 if (optional_p)
15486 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15487 else
15488 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15489 }
15490 else
15491 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15492
15493 if (tpnum <= 0)
15494 {
15495 if (instring && *instring)
15496 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15497 instring);
15498 else
15499 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15500 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15501 return NULL;
15502 }
15503
15504 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15505 if (t->number == tpnum)
15506 {
15507 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15508 }
15509
15510 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15511 return NULL;
15512 }
15513
15514 void
15515 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15516 {
15517 if (b->thread != -1)
15518 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15519
15520 if (b->task != 0)
15521 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15522
15523 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15524 }
15525
15526 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15527 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15528 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15529 non-zero. */
15530
15531 static void
15532 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15533 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15534 {
15535 struct breakpoint *tp;
15536 int any = 0;
15537 char *pathname;
15538 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15539 struct ui_file *fp;
15540 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15541
15542 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15543 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15544
15545 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15546 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15547 {
15548 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15549 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15550 continue;
15551
15552 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15553 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15554 continue;
15555
15556 any = 1;
15557
15558 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15559 {
15560 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15561
15562 /* We can stop searching. */
15563 break;
15564 }
15565 }
15566
15567 if (!any)
15568 {
15569 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15570 return;
15571 }
15572
15573 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15574 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15575 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15576 if (!fp)
15577 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15578 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15579 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15580
15581 if (extra_trace_bits)
15582 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15583
15584 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15585 {
15586 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15587 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15588 continue;
15589
15590 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15591 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15592 continue;
15593
15594 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15595
15596 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15597 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15598 instead. */
15599
15600 if (tp->cond_string)
15601 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15602
15603 if (tp->ignore_count)
15604 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15605
15606 if (tp->commands)
15607 {
15608 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15609
15610 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15611
15612 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15613 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15614 {
15615 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15616 }
15617 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15618
15619 if (ex.reason < 0)
15620 throw_exception (ex);
15621
15622 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15623 }
15624
15625 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15626 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15627
15628 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15629 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15630 special, and not user visible. */
15631 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15632 {
15633 struct bp_location *loc;
15634 int n = 1;
15635
15636 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15637 if (!loc->enabled)
15638 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15639 }
15640 }
15641
15642 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15643 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15644
15645 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15646 if (from_tty)
15647 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15648 }
15649
15650 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15651
15652 static void
15653 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15654 {
15655 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15656 }
15657
15658 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15659
15660 static void
15661 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15662 {
15663 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15664 }
15665
15666 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15667
15668 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15669 all_tracepoints (void)
15670 {
15671 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15672 struct breakpoint *tp;
15673
15674 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15675 {
15676 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15677 }
15678
15679 return tp_vec;
15680 }
15681
15682 \f
15683 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15684 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15685 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15686 command. */
15687 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15688 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15689 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15690 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15691 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15692 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15693 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15694 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15695 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15696 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15697 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15698 \n\
15699 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15700 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15701 \n\
15702 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15703 conditions are different.\n\
15704 \n\
15705 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15706
15707 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15708 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15709
15710 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15711 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15712
15713 void
15714 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15715 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15716 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15717 completer_ftype *completer,
15718 void *user_data_catch,
15719 void *user_data_tcatch)
15720 {
15721 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15722
15723 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15724 &catch_cmdlist);
15725 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15726 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15727 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15728
15729 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15730 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15731 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15732 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15733 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15734 }
15735
15736 static void
15737 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15738 {
15739 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15740 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15741
15742 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15743 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15744 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15745 }
15746
15747 static void
15748 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15749 {
15750 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15751 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15752 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15753 }
15754
15755 struct breakpoint *
15756 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15757 void *data)
15758 {
15759 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15760
15761 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15762 {
15763 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15764 return b;
15765 }
15766
15767 return NULL;
15768 }
15769
15770 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15771 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15772
15773 static int
15774 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15775 {
15776 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15777 non-inline function. */
15778 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15779 return 1;
15780
15781 return 0;
15782 }
15783
15784 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15785 have been inlined. */
15786
15787 int
15788 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15789 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15790 {
15791 struct breakpoint *b;
15792 struct bp_location *bl;
15793
15794 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15795 {
15796 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15797 continue;
15798
15799 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15800 {
15801 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15802 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15803 return 1;
15804 }
15805 }
15806
15807 return 0;
15808 }
15809
15810 void
15811 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15812 {
15813 static int initialized = 0;
15814
15815 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15816
15817 if (initialized)
15818 return;
15819 initialized = 1;
15820
15821 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15822 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15823 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15824 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15825 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15826 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15827 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15828 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15829 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15830 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15831 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15832 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15833
15834 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15835 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15836 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15837 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15838 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15839 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15840 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15841 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15842
15843 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15844 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15845 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15846 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15847 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15848 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15849 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15850 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15851 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15852 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15853
15854 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15855 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15856 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15857 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15858 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15859 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15860 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15861
15862 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15863 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15864 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15865 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15866 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15867 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15868 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15869
15870 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15871 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15872 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15873 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15874
15875 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15876 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15877 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15878 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15879 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15880 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15881 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15882
15883 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15884 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15885 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15886 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15887 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15888 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15889 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15890
15891 /* Watchpoints. */
15892 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15893 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15894 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15895 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15896 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15897 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15898 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15899 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15900 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15901 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15902 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15903 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15904 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15905
15906 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15907 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15908 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15909 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15910 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15911 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15912 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15913 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15914 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15915 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15916 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15917
15918 /* Tracepoints. */
15919 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15920 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15921 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15922 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15923 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15924 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15925 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15926 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15927 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15928 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15929
15930 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15931 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15932 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15933 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15934 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15935
15936 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15937 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15938 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15939 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15940 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15941 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15942
15943 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15944 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15945 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15946 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15947 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15948 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15949 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15950 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15951 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15952 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15953
15954 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15955 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15956 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15957 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15958 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15959 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15960 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15961 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15962 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15963 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15964
15965 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15966 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15967 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15968 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15969 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15970 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15971 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15972 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15973 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15974 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15975 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15976
15977 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15978 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15979 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15980 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15981 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15982 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15983 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15984 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15985 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15986 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15987 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15988
15989 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15990 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15991 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15992 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15993 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15994 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15995 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15996 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15997 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15998 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15999 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16000 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16001
16002 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16003 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16004 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16005 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16006 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16007 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16008 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16009 }
16010
16011 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16012
16013 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16014
16015 void
16016 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16017 {
16018 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16019
16020 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16021
16022 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16023 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16024 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16025
16026 breakpoint_objfile_key
16027 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16028
16029 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16030 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16031 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16032
16033 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16034 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16035 before a breakpoint is set. */
16036 breakpoint_count = 0;
16037
16038 tracepoint_count = 0;
16039
16040 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16041 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16042 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16043 if (xdb_commands)
16044 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16045
16046 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16047 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16048 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16049 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16050 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16051 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16052 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16053 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16054
16055 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16056 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16057 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16058 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16059 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16060
16061 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16062 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16063 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16064 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16065 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16066 \n"
16067 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16068 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16069
16070 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16071 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16072 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16073 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16074 \n"
16075 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16076 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16077
16078 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16079 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16080 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16081 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16082 \n"
16083 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16084 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16085
16086 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16087 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16088 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16089 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16090 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16091 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16092 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16093 if (xdb_commands)
16094 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16095 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16096 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16097 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16098 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16099 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16100
16101 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16102
16103 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16104 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16105 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16106 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16107 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16108 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16109
16110 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16111 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16112 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16113 &enablebreaklist);
16114
16115 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16116 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16117 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16118 &enablebreaklist);
16119
16120 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16121 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16122 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16123 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16124 &enablebreaklist);
16125
16126 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16127 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16128 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16129 &enablelist);
16130
16131 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16132 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16133 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16134 &enablelist);
16135
16136 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16137 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16138 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16139 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16140 &enablelist);
16141
16142 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16143 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16144 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16145 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16146 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16147 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16148 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16149 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16150 if (xdb_commands)
16151 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16152 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16153 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16154 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16155 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16156
16157 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16158 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16159 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16160 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16161 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16162 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16163 &disablelist);
16164
16165 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16166 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16167 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16168 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16169 \n\
16170 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16171 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16172 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16173 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16174 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16175 if (xdb_commands)
16176 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16177 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16178 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16179 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16180
16181 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16182 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16183 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16184 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16185 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16186 &deletelist);
16187
16188 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16189 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16190 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16191 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16192 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16193 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16194 \n\
16195 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16196 is executing in.\n\
16197 \n\
16198 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16199 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16200
16201 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16202 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16203 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16204 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16205
16206 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16207 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16208 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16209 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16210
16211 if (xdb_commands)
16212 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16213
16214 if (dbx_commands)
16215 {
16216 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16217 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16218 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16219 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16220 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16221 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16222 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16223 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16224 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16225 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16226 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16227 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16228 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16229 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16230 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16231 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16232 \n\
16233 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16234 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16235 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16236 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16237 breakpoint set."));
16238 }
16239
16240 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16241 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16242 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16243 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16244 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16245 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16246 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16247 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16248 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16249 \n\
16250 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16251 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16252 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16253 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16254 breakpoint set."));
16255
16256 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16257
16258 if (xdb_commands)
16259 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16260 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16261 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16262 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16263 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16264 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16265 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16266 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16267 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16268 \n\
16269 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16270 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16271 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16272 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16273 breakpoint set."));
16274
16275 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16276 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16277 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16278 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16279 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16280 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16281 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16282 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16283 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16284 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16285 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16286 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16287 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16288 \n\
16289 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16290 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16291 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16292 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16293 breakpoint set."),
16294 &maintenanceinfolist);
16295
16296 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16297 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16298 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16299 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16300
16301 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16302 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16303 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16304 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16305
16306 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16307 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16308 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16309 catch_catch_command,
16310 NULL,
16311 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16312 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16313 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16314 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16315 catch_throw_command,
16316 NULL,
16317 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16318 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16319 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16320 catch_fork_command_1,
16321 NULL,
16322 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16323 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16324 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16325 catch_fork_command_1,
16326 NULL,
16327 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16328 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16329 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16330 catch_exec_command_1,
16331 NULL,
16332 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16333 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16334 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16335 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16336 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16337 catch_load_command_1,
16338 NULL,
16339 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16340 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16341 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16342 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16343 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16344 catch_unload_command_1,
16345 NULL,
16346 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16347 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16348 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16349 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16350 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16351 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16352 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16353 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16354 catch_syscall_command_1,
16355 catch_syscall_completer,
16356 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16357 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16358
16359 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16360 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16361 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16362 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16363 an expression changes.\n\
16364 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16365 the memory to which it refers."));
16366 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16367
16368 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16369 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16370 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16371 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16372 an expression is read.\n\
16373 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16374 the memory to which it refers."));
16375 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16376
16377 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16378 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16379 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16380 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16381 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16382 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16383 the memory to which it refers."));
16384 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16385
16386 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16387 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16388
16389 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16390 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16391 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16392 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16393 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16394 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16395 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16396 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16397 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16398 hardware.)"),
16399 NULL,
16400 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16401 &setlist, &showlist);
16402
16403 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16404
16405 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16406
16407 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16408 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16409 \n"
16410 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16411 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16412 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16413
16414 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16415 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16416 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16417 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16418
16419 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16420 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16421 \n"
16422 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16423 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16424 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16425
16426 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16427 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16428 \n\
16429 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16430 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16431 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16432 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16433 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16434 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16435 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16436 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16437 the selected stack frame.\n\
16438 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16439 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16440 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16441 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16442 \n\
16443 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16444 \n\
16445 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16446 conditions are different.\n\
16447 \n\
16448 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16449 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16450 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16451
16452 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16453 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16454 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16455 last tracepoint set."));
16456
16457 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16458
16459 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16460 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16461 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16462 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16463 &deletelist);
16464 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16465
16466 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16467 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16468 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16469 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16470 &disablelist);
16471 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16472
16473 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16474 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16475 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16476 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16477 &enablelist);
16478 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16479
16480 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16481 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16482 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16483 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16484 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16485
16486 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16487 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16488 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16489 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16490
16491 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16492 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16493 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16494 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16495 session to restore them."),
16496 &save_cmdlist);
16497 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16498
16499 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16500 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16501 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16502 &save_cmdlist);
16503 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16504
16505 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16506 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16507
16508 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16509 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16510 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16511 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16512 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16513 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16514 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16515 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16516 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16517 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16518 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16519 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16520
16521 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16522 &pending_break_support, _("\
16523 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16524 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16525 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16526 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16527 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16528 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16529 NULL,
16530 show_pending_break_support,
16531 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16532 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16533
16534 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16535
16536 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16537 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16538 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16539 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16540 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16541 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16542 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16543 NULL,
16544 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16545 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16546 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16547
16548 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16549 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16550 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16551 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16552 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16553 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16554 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16555 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16556 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16557 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16558 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16559 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16560 NULL,
16561 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16562 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16563 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16564
16565 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16566 condition_evaluation_enums,
16567 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16568 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16569 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16570 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16571 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16572 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16573 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16574 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16575 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16576 be set to \"gdb\""),
16577 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16578 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16579 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16580 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16581
16582 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16583 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16584 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16585 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16586 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16587 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16588 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16589 or the start of the range\n\
16590 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16591 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16592 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16593 \n\
16594 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16595 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16596 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16597
16598 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16599 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16600 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16601 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16602 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16603 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16604 "));
16605 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16606
16607 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16608 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16609 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16610 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16611 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16612 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16613 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16614 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16615 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16616 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16617 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16618 &setlist, &showlist);
16619
16620 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16621 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16622 &dprintf_function, _("\
16623 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16624 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16625 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16626 &setlist, &showlist);
16627
16628 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16629 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16630 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16631 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16632 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16633 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16634 &setlist, &showlist);
16635
16636 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16637 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16638 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16639 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16640 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16641 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16642 NULL,
16643 NULL,
16644 &setlist, &showlist);
16645
16646 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16647 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16648 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16649
16650 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16651
16652 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16653 }
This page took 0.415343 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.